diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am
index 5ffcb0f93..aafda2c34 100644
--- a/Makefile.am
+++ b/Makefile.am
@@ -36,13 +36,15 @@ if NEVER
NEVER_BENCH = bench
endif
-SUBDIRS = $(MAYBE_BUDDY) $(MAYBE_LBTT) $(NEVER_BENCH) doc src wrap ltdl iface
+SUBDIRS = $(MAYBE_BUDDY) $(MAYBE_LBTT) \
+ $(NEVER_BENCH) doc lib src wrap ltdl iface
UTF8 = utf8/doc/ReleaseNotes utf8/doc/utf8cpp.html utf8/utf8.h \
utf8/utf8/checked.h utf8/utf8/core.h utf8/utf8/unchecked.h
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
-EXTRA_DIST = HACKING ChangeLog.1 tools/gitlog-to-changelog $(UTF8)
+EXTRA_DIST = HACKING ChangeLog.1 tools/gitlog-to-changelog $(UTF8) \
+ m4/gnulib-cache.m4
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog
diff --git a/README b/README
index 2363061f2..d58eb8fca 100644
--- a/README
+++ b/README
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@ Third party software
buddy/ A patched version of BuDDy 2.3 (a BDD library).
lbtt/ lbtt 1.2.1 (an LTL to Büchi automata test bench).
ltdl/ Libtool's portable dlopen() wrapper library.
+lib/ Gnulib's portability modules.
Build-system stuff
------------------
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac
index 1c37ccd46..7795df35d 100644
--- a/configure.ac
+++ b/configure.ac
@@ -50,12 +50,16 @@ if test "x${enable_python:-yes}" = xyes; then
fi
AC_PROG_CC
+gl_EARLY
+
AM_PROG_CC_C_O
AC_PROG_CXX
AM_PROG_LEX
AC_PROG_YACC
+gl_INIT
+
AC_LANG(C++)
AC_HEADER_UNORDERED_MAP
@@ -125,6 +129,7 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([
iface/gspn/defs
iface/gspn/Makefile
iface/Makefile
+ lib/Makefile
src/bin/Makefile
src/eltlparse/Makefile
src/eltltest/defs
diff --git a/lib/Makefile.am b/lib/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc0e72297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,1257 @@
+## DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY!
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
+# Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this file. If not, see .
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
+# this file may be distributed as part of a program that
+# contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
+# the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
+#
+# Generated by gnulib-tool.
+# Reproduce by: gnulib-tool --import --dir=. --lib=libgnu --source-base=lib --m4-base=m4 --doc-base=doc --tests-base=tests --aux-dir=tools --no-conditional-dependencies --no-libtool --macro-prefix=gl --no-vc-files argp
+
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 gnits
+
+SUBDIRS =
+noinst_HEADERS =
+noinst_LIBRARIES =
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES =
+EXTRA_DIST =
+BUILT_SOURCES =
+SUFFIXES =
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = core *.stackdump
+MOSTLYCLEANDIRS =
+CLEANFILES =
+DISTCLEANFILES =
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES =
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS =
+AM_CFLAGS =
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES += libgnu.a
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+libgnu_a_LIBADD = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(gl_LIBOBJS)
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES =
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca
+
+
+libgnu_a_LIBADD += @ALLOCA@
+libgnu_a_DEPENDENCIES += @ALLOCA@
+EXTRA_DIST += alloca.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += alloca.c
+
+## end gnulib module alloca
+
+## begin gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ALLOCA_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_ALLOCA_H
+alloca.h: alloca.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ cat $(srcdir)/alloca.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv -f $@-t $@
+else
+alloca.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += alloca.h alloca.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += alloca.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module alloca-opt
+
+## begin gnulib module argp
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += argp.h argp-ba.c argp-eexst.c \
+ argp-fmtstream.c argp-fmtstream.h argp-fs-xinl.c argp-help.c \
+ argp-namefrob.h argp-parse.c argp-pin.c argp-pv.c argp-pvh.c \
+ argp-xinl.c
+
+## end gnulib module argp
+
+## begin gnulib module dirname-lgpl
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += dirname-lgpl.c basename-lgpl.c stripslash.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += dirname.h
+
+## end gnulib module dirname-lgpl
+
+## begin gnulib module dosname
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += dosname.h
+
+## end gnulib module dosname
+
+## begin gnulib module errno
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ERRNO_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that is POSIX compliant.
+if GL_GENERATE_ERRNO_H
+errno.h: errno.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_ERRNO_H''@|$(NEXT_ERRNO_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN''@|$(EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''EMULTIHOP_VALUE''@|$(EMULTIHOP_VALUE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''ENOLINK_HIDDEN''@|$(ENOLINK_HIDDEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''ENOLINK_VALUE''@|$(ENOLINK_VALUE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN''@|$(EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''EOVERFLOW_VALUE''@|$(EOVERFLOW_VALUE)|g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/errno.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+else
+errno.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += errno.h errno.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += errno.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module errno
+
+## begin gnulib module float
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(FLOAT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_FLOAT_H
+float.h: float.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_FLOAT_H''@|$(NEXT_FLOAT_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_ITOLD''@|$(REPLACE_ITOLD)|g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/float.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+else
+float.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += float.h float.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += float.c float.in.h itold.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += float.c itold.c
+
+## end gnulib module float
+
+## begin gnulib module getopt-posix
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(GETOPT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+getopt.h: getopt.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETOPT_H''@|$(HAVE_GETOPT_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_GETOPT_H''@|$(NEXT_GETOPT_H)|g' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ < $(srcdir)/getopt.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv -f $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += getopt.h getopt.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += getopt.c getopt.in.h getopt1.c getopt_int.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += getopt.c getopt1.c
+
+## end gnulib module getopt-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module gettext-h
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += gettext.h
+
+## end gnulib module gettext-h
+
+## begin gnulib module intprops
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += intprops.h
+
+## end gnulib module intprops
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc-gnu
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c
+
+## end gnulib module malloc-gnu
+
+## begin gnulib module malloc-posix
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += malloc.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += malloc.c
+
+## end gnulib module malloc-posix
+
+## begin gnulib module memchr
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += memchr.c memchr.valgrind
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += memchr.c
+
+## end gnulib module memchr
+
+## begin gnulib module mempcpy
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += mempcpy.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += mempcpy.c
+
+## end gnulib module mempcpy
+
+## begin gnulib module rawmemchr
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += rawmemchr.c rawmemchr.valgrind
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += rawmemchr.c
+
+## end gnulib module rawmemchr
+
+## begin gnulib module size_max
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += size_max.h
+
+## end gnulib module size_max
+
+## begin gnulib module sleep
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sleep.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += sleep.c
+
+## end gnulib module sleep
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn
+
+# Because this Makefile snippet defines a variable used by other
+# gnulib Makefile snippets, it must be present in all Makefile.am that
+# need it. This is ensured by the applicability 'all' defined above.
+
+_NORETURN_H=$(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/_Noreturn.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/_Noreturn.h
+
+## end gnulib module snippet/_Noreturn
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull
+
+# The BUILT_SOURCES created by this Makefile snippet are not used via #include
+# statements but through direct file reference. Therefore this snippet must be
+# present in all Makefile.am that need it. This is ensured by the applicability
+# 'all' defined above.
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += arg-nonnull.h
+# The arg-nonnull.h that gets inserted into generated .h files is the same as
+# build-aux/snippet/arg-nonnull.h, except that it has the copyright header cut
+# off.
+arg-nonnull.h: $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/arg-nonnull.h
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ sed -n -e '/GL_ARG_NONNULL/,$$p' \
+ < $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/arg-nonnull.h \
+ > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += arg-nonnull.h arg-nonnull.h-t
+
+ARG_NONNULL_H=arg-nonnull.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/arg-nonnull.h
+
+## end gnulib module snippet/arg-nonnull
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/c++defs
+
+# The BUILT_SOURCES created by this Makefile snippet are not used via #include
+# statements but through direct file reference. Therefore this snippet must be
+# present in all Makefile.am that need it. This is ensured by the applicability
+# 'all' defined above.
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += c++defs.h
+# The c++defs.h that gets inserted into generated .h files is the same as
+# build-aux/snippet/c++defs.h, except that it has the copyright header cut off.
+c++defs.h: $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/c++defs.h
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ sed -n -e '/_GL_CXXDEFS/,$$p' \
+ < $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/c++defs.h \
+ > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += c++defs.h c++defs.h-t
+
+CXXDEFS_H=c++defs.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/c++defs.h
+
+## end gnulib module snippet/c++defs
+
+## begin gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += warn-on-use.h
+# The warn-on-use.h that gets inserted into generated .h files is the same as
+# build-aux/snippet/warn-on-use.h, except that it has the copyright header cut
+# off.
+warn-on-use.h: $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/warn-on-use.h
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ sed -n -e '/^.ifndef/,$$p' \
+ < $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/warn-on-use.h \
+ > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += warn-on-use.h warn-on-use.h-t
+
+WARN_ON_USE_H=warn-on-use.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST += $(top_srcdir)/tools/snippet/warn-on-use.h
+
+## end gnulib module snippet/warn-on-use
+
+## begin gnulib module stdalign
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDALIGN_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDALIGN_H
+stdalign.h: stdalign.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ cat $(srcdir)/stdalign.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+else
+stdalign.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdalign.h stdalign.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdalign.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdalign
+
+## begin gnulib module stdbool
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDBOOL_H
+stdbool.h: stdbool.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' < $(srcdir)/stdbool.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+else
+stdbool.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdbool.h stdbool.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdbool.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdbool
+
+## begin gnulib module stddef
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDDEF_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDDEF_H
+stddef.h: stddef.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STDDEF_H''@|$(NEXT_STDDEF_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_T''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_T)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_NULL''@|$(REPLACE_NULL)|g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/stddef.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+else
+stddef.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stddef.h stddef.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stddef.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stddef
+
+## begin gnulib module stdint
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDINT_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_STDINT_H
+stdint.h: stdint.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_STDINT_H''@/$(HAVE_STDINT_H)/g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STDINT_H''@|$(NEXT_STDINT_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H''@/$(HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@/$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT''@/$(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD''@/$(APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX''@/$(PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''SIZE_T_SUFFIX''@/$(SIZE_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''WCHAR_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WCHAR_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''BITSIZEOF_WINT_T''@/$(BITSIZEOF_WINT_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T''@/$(HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''WINT_T_SUFFIX''@/$(WINT_T_SUFFIX)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/stdint.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+else
+stdint.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdint.h stdint.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdint.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdint
+
+## begin gnulib module stdio
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += stdio.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+stdio.h: stdio.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STDIO_H''@|$(NEXT_STDIO_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_DPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_DPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCLOSE''@/$(GNULIB_FCLOSE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDOPEN''@/$(GNULIB_FDOPEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFLUSH''@/$(GNULIB_FFLUSH)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETC''@/$(GNULIB_FGETC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FGETS''@/$(GNULIB_FGETS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FOPEN''@/$(GNULIB_FOPEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_FPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_FPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPURGE''@/$(GNULIB_FPURGE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTC''@/$(GNULIB_FPUTC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FPUTS''@/$(GNULIB_FPUTS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREAD''@/$(GNULIB_FREAD)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FREOPEN''@/$(GNULIB_FREOPEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSCANF''@/$(GNULIB_FSCANF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEK''@/$(GNULIB_FSEEK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSEEKO''@/$(GNULIB_FSEEKO)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELL''@/$(GNULIB_FTELL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTELLO''@/$(GNULIB_FTELLO)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FWRITE''@/$(GNULIB_FWRITE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETC''@/$(GNULIB_GETC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCHAR''@/$(GNULIB_GETCHAR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDELIM''@/$(GNULIB_GETDELIM)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLINE''@/$(GNULIB_GETLINE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_OBSTACK_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PCLOSE''@/$(GNULIB_PCLOSE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PERROR''@/$(GNULIB_PERROR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_POPEN''@/$(GNULIB_POPEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_PRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_PRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTC''@/$(GNULIB_PUTC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTCHAR''@/$(GNULIB_PUTCHAR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTS''@/$(GNULIB_PUTS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_REMOVE''@/$(GNULIB_REMOVE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAME''@/$(GNULIB_RENAME)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RENAMEAT''@/$(GNULIB_RENAMEAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SCANF''@/$(GNULIB_SCANF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SNPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_SNPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_SPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GNULIB_STDIO_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GNULIB_STDIO_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_TMPFILE''@/$(GNULIB_TMPFILE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VASPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VASPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VDPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VDPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VFPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VFSCANF''@/$(GNULIB_VFSCANF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSCANF''@/$(GNULIB_VSCANF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_VPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSNPRINTF''@/$(GNULIB_VSNPRINTF)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_VSPRINTF_POSIX)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/stdio.in.h | \
+ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FPURGE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FPURGE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FTELLO)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDELIM)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLINE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLINE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DECL_VSNPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_DPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FSEEKO''@|$(HAVE_FSEEKO)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FTELLO''@|$(HAVE_FTELLO)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PCLOSE''@|$(HAVE_PCLOSE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_POPEN''@|$(HAVE_POPEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_RENAMEAT''@|$(HAVE_RENAMEAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_VASPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VASPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_VDPRINTF''@|$(HAVE_VDPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_DPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_DPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_FCLOSE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FDOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FDOPEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FFLUSH''@|$(REPLACE_FFLUSH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FOPEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_FPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FPURGE''@|$(REPLACE_FPURGE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FREOPEN''@|$(REPLACE_FREOPEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FSEEKO''@|$(REPLACE_FSEEKO)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELL''@|$(REPLACE_FTELL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTELLO''@|$(REPLACE_FTELLO)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDELIM''@|$(REPLACE_GETDELIM)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLINE''@|$(REPLACE_GETLINE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_OBSTACK_PRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_PERROR''@|$(REPLACE_PERROR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_POPEN''@|$(REPLACE_POPEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_PRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_PRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_REMOVE''@|$(REPLACE_REMOVE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAME''@|$(REPLACE_RENAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_RENAMEAT''@|$(REPLACE_RENAMEAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_SNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SNPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_SPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_SPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_READ_FUNCS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS''@|$(REPLACE_STDIO_WRITE_FUNCS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_TMPFILE''@|$(REPLACE_TMPFILE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_VASPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VASPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_VDPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VDPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_VFPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VFPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_VPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSNPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSNPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_VSPRINTF''@|$(REPLACE_VSPRINTF)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX''@|$(ASM_SYMBOL_PREFIX)|g' \
+ -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdio.h stdio.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdio.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdio
+
+## begin gnulib module stdlib
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += stdlib.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+stdlib.h: stdlib.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) \
+ $(_NORETURN_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STDLIB_H''@|$(NEXT_STDLIB_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB__EXIT''@/$(GNULIB__EXIT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_ATOLL''@/$(GNULIB_ATOLL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_CALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@/$(GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOADAVG''@/$(GNULIB_GETLOADAVG)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETSUBOPT''@/$(GNULIB_GETSUBOPT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GRANTPT''@/$(GNULIB_GRANTPT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_MALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBTOWC''@/$(GNULIB_MBTOWC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKDTEMP''@/$(GNULIB_MKDTEMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMP''@/$(GNULIB_MKOSTEMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS''@/$(GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMP''@/$(GNULIB_MKSTEMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MKSTEMPS''@/$(GNULIB_MKSTEMPS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT''@/$(GNULIB_POSIX_OPENPT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME''@/$(GNULIB_PTSNAME)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PTSNAME_R''@/$(GNULIB_PTSNAME_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PUTENV''@/$(GNULIB_PUTENV)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM''@/$(GNULIB_RANDOM)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RANDOM_R''@/$(GNULIB_RANDOM_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_REALLOC_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_REALPATH''@/$(GNULIB_REALPATH)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RPMATCH''@/$(GNULIB_RPMATCH)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETENV''@/$(GNULIB_SETENV)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOD''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOD)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOLL''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOLL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOULL''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOULL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX''@/$(GNULIB_SYSTEM_POSIX)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLOCKPT''@/$(GNULIB_UNLOCKPT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNSETENV''@/$(GNULIB_UNSETENV)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOMB''@/$(GNULIB_WCTOMB)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/stdlib.in.h | \
+ sed -e 's|@''HAVE__EXIT''@|$(HAVE__EXIT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_ATOLL''@|$(HAVE_ATOLL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOADAVG)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETSUBOPT''@|$(HAVE_GETSUBOPT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GRANTPT''@|$(HAVE_GRANTPT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MKDTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKDTEMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MKOSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKOSTEMPS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMP''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MKSTEMPS''@|$(HAVE_MKSTEMPS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT''@|$(HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_H''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_RANDOM_R''@|$(HAVE_RANDOM_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_REALPATH''@|$(HAVE_REALPATH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_RPMATCH''@|$(HAVE_RPMATCH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETENV)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOD''@|$(HAVE_STRTOD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOLL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOLL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRTOULL''@|$(HAVE_STRTOULL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA''@|$(HAVE_STRUCT_RANDOM_DATA)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_LOADAVG_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLOCKPT''@|$(HAVE_UNLOCKPT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV''@|$(HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_CALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_CALLOC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME''@|$(REPLACE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_MALLOC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBTOWC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MKSTEMP''@|$(REPLACE_MKSTEMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_PTSNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_PTSNAME_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_PUTENV''@|$(REPLACE_PUTENV)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_RANDOM_R''@|$(REPLACE_RANDOM_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALLOC''@|$(REPLACE_REALLOC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_REALPATH''@|$(REPLACE_REALPATH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_SETENV''@|$(REPLACE_SETENV)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOD''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNSETENV''@|$(REPLACE_UNSETENV)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOMB)|g' \
+ -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _Noreturn/r $(_NORETURN_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdlib.h stdlib.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += stdlib.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module stdlib
+
+## begin gnulib module strcase
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c
+
+## end gnulib module strcase
+
+## begin gnulib module strchrnul
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strchrnul.c strchrnul.valgrind
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strchrnul.c
+
+## end gnulib module strchrnul
+
+## begin gnulib module strerror
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strerror.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strerror.c
+
+## end gnulib module strerror
+
+## begin gnulib module strerror-override
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strerror-override.c strerror-override.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strerror-override.c
+
+## end gnulib module strerror-override
+
+## begin gnulib module string
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += string.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+string.h: string.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STRING_H''@|$(NEXT_STRING_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSL''@/$(GNULIB_FFSL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FFSLL''@/$(GNULIB_FFSLL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSLEN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSLEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNLEN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSNLEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSRCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSTR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSSTR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCASECMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSNCASECMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSPCASECMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCASESTR''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCASESTR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSCSPN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSCSPN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSPBRK''@/$(GNULIB_MBSPBRK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSPN''@/$(GNULIB_MBSSPN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSSEP''@/$(GNULIB_MBSSEP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSTOK_R''@/$(GNULIB_MBSTOK_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MEMCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMMEM''@/$(GNULIB_MEMMEM)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMPCPY''@/$(GNULIB_MEMPCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MEMRCHR''@/$(GNULIB_MEMRCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR''@/$(GNULIB_RAWMEMCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPCPY''@/$(GNULIB_STPCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STPNCPY''@/$(GNULIB_STPNCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCHRNUL''@/$(GNULIB_STRCHRNUL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRDUP''@/$(GNULIB_STRDUP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNCAT''@/$(GNULIB_STRNCAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNDUP''@/$(GNULIB_STRNDUP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRNLEN''@/$(GNULIB_STRNLEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRPBRK''@/$(GNULIB_STRPBRK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSEP''@/$(GNULIB_STRSEP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSTR''@/$(GNULIB_STRSTR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRCASESTR''@/$(GNULIB_STRCASESTR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRTOK_R''@/$(GNULIB_STRTOK_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR''@/$(GNULIB_STRERROR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRERROR_R''@/$(GNULIB_STRERROR_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRSIGNAL''@/$(GNULIB_STRSIGNAL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_STRVERSCMP''@/$(GNULIB_STRVERSCMP)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/string.in.h | \
+ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSL''@|$(HAVE_FFSL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FFSLL''@|$(HAVE_FFSLL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBSLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_MEMCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMMEM)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MEMPCPY''@|$(HAVE_MEMPCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_RAWMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_RAWMEMCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STPCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_STPNCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(HAVE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRDUP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRPBRK''@|$(HAVE_STRPBRK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRSEP''@|$(HAVE_STRSEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCASESTR''@|$(HAVE_STRCASESTR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRVERSCMP''@|$(HAVE_STRVERSCMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STPNCPY''@|$(REPLACE_STPNCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMCHR''@|$(REPLACE_MEMCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MEMMEM''@|$(REPLACE_MEMMEM)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCASESTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRCASESTR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRCHRNUL''@|$(REPLACE_STRCHRNUL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRDUP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSTR''@|$(REPLACE_STRSTR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRERROR_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRERROR_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNCAT''@|$(REPLACE_STRNCAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNDUP''@|$(REPLACE_STRNDUP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRNLEN''@|$(REPLACE_STRNLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRSIGNAL''@|$(REPLACE_STRSIGNAL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_STRTOK_R''@|$(REPLACE_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R''@|$(UNDEFINE_STRTOK_R)|g' \
+ -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \
+ < $(srcdir)/string.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += string.h string.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += string.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module string
+
+## begin gnulib module strings
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += strings.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+strings.h: strings.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */' && \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRINGS_H''@|$(HAVE_STRINGS_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_STRINGS_H''@|$(NEXT_STRINGS_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''GNULIB_FFS''@|$(GNULIB_FFS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FFS''@|$(HAVE_FFS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_STRCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_STRCASECMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_DECL_STRNCASECMP)|g' \
+ -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)' \
+ < $(srcdir)/strings.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += strings.h strings.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strings.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module strings
+
+## begin gnulib module strndup
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strndup.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strndup.c
+
+## end gnulib module strndup
+
+## begin gnulib module strnlen
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += strnlen.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += strnlen.c
+
+## end gnulib module strnlen
+
+## begin gnulib module sys_types
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += sys/types.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+sys/types.h: sys_types.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) sys
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H''@|$(NEXT_SYS_TYPES_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/sys_types.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sys/types.h sys/types.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sys_types.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module sys_types
+
+## begin gnulib module sysexits
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(SYSEXITS_H)
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+if GL_GENERATE_SYSEXITS_H
+sysexits.h: sysexits.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYSEXITS_H''@|$(HAVE_SYSEXITS_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_SYSEXITS_H''@|$(NEXT_SYSEXITS_H)|g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/sysexits.in.h; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv -f $@-t $@
+else
+sysexits.h: $(top_builddir)/config.status
+ rm -f $@
+endif
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += sysexits.h sysexits.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += sysexits.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module sysexits
+
+## begin gnulib module unistd
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += unistd.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create an empty placeholder for
+# when the system doesn't have one.
+unistd.h: unistd.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_UNISTD_H''@|$(HAVE_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_UNISTD_H''@|$(NEXT_UNISTD_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T''@|$(WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHDIR''@/$(GNULIB_CHDIR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_CHOWN''@/$(GNULIB_CHOWN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_CLOSE''@/$(GNULIB_CLOSE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP''@/$(GNULIB_DUP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP2''@/$(GNULIB_DUP2)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_DUP3''@/$(GNULIB_DUP3)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_ENVIRON''@/$(GNULIB_ENVIRON)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_EUIDACCESS''@/$(GNULIB_EUIDACCESS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FACCESSAT''@/$(GNULIB_FACCESSAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHDIR''@/$(GNULIB_FCHDIR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FCHOWNAT''@/$(GNULIB_FCHOWNAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FDATASYNC''@/$(GNULIB_FDATASYNC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FSYNC''@/$(GNULIB_FSYNC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_FTRUNCATE''@/$(GNULIB_FTRUNCATE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETCWD''@/$(GNULIB_GETCWD)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME''@/$(GNULIB_GETDOMAINNAME)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE''@/$(GNULIB_GETDTABLESIZE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETGROUPS''@/$(GNULIB_GETGROUPS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME''@/$(GNULIB_GETHOSTNAME)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN''@/$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R''@/$(GNULIB_GETLOGIN_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE''@/$(GNULIB_GETPAGESIZE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL''@/$(GNULIB_GETUSERSHELL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER''@/$(GNULIB_GROUP_MEMBER)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_ISATTY''@/$(GNULIB_ISATTY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_LCHOWN''@/$(GNULIB_LCHOWN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINK''@/$(GNULIB_LINK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_LINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_LINKAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_LSEEK''@/$(GNULIB_LSEEK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE''@/$(GNULIB_PIPE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PIPE2''@/$(GNULIB_PIPE2)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PREAD''@/$(GNULIB_PREAD)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_PWRITE''@/$(GNULIB_PWRITE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_READ''@/$(GNULIB_READ)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINK''@/$(GNULIB_READLINK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_READLINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_READLINKAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_RMDIR''@/$(GNULIB_RMDIR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME''@/$(GNULIB_SETHOSTNAME)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SLEEP''@/$(GNULIB_SLEEP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINK''@/$(GNULIB_SYMLINK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_SYMLINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_SYMLINKAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_TTYNAME_R''@/$(GNULIB_TTYNAME_R)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_GETOPT''@/0$(GNULIB_GL_UNISTD_H_GETOPT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING''@/$(GNULIB_UNISTD_H_NONBLOCKING)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE''@/$(GNULIB_UNISTD_H_SIGPIPE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINK''@/$(GNULIB_UNLINK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_UNLINKAT''@/$(GNULIB_UNLINKAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_USLEEP''@/$(GNULIB_USLEEP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WRITE''@/$(GNULIB_WRITE)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/unistd.in.h | \
+ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_CHOWN''@|$(HAVE_CHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP2''@|$(HAVE_DUP2)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DUP3''@|$(HAVE_DUP3)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_EUIDACCESS''@|$(HAVE_EUIDACCESS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FACCESSAT''@|$(HAVE_FACCESSAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_FCHDIR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(HAVE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_FDATASYNC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FSYNC''@|$(HAVE_FSYNC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(HAVE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETGROUPS''@|$(HAVE_GETGROUPS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETLOGIN''@|$(HAVE_GETLOGIN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER''@|$(HAVE_GROUP_MEMBER)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_LCHOWN''@|$(HAVE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_LINK''@|$(HAVE_LINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_LINKAT''@|$(HAVE_LINKAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE''@|$(HAVE_PIPE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PIPE2''@|$(HAVE_PIPE2)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PREAD''@|$(HAVE_PREAD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_PWRITE''@|$(HAVE_PWRITE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINK''@|$(HAVE_READLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_READLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_READLINKAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SLEEP''@|$(HAVE_SLEEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINK''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYMLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_SYMLINKAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_UNLINKAT''@|$(HAVE_UNLINKAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_USLEEP''@|$(HAVE_USLEEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON''@|$(HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FCHDIR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC''@|$(HAVE_DECL_FDATASYNC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL''@|$(HAVE_DECL_GETUSERSHELL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME''@|$(HAVE_DECL_SETHOSTNAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R''@|$(HAVE_DECL_TTYNAME_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_OS_H''@|$(HAVE_OS_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H''@|$(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)|g' \
+ | \
+ sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_CHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_CHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_CLOSE''@|$(REPLACE_CLOSE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP''@|$(REPLACE_DUP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_DUP2''@|$(REPLACE_DUP2)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FCHOWNAT''@|$(REPLACE_FCHOWNAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_FTRUNCATE''@|$(REPLACE_FTRUNCATE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETCWD''@|$(REPLACE_GETCWD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME''@|$(REPLACE_GETDOMAINNAME)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R''@|$(REPLACE_GETLOGIN_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETGROUPS''@|$(REPLACE_GETGROUPS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE''@|$(REPLACE_GETPAGESIZE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_ISATTY''@|$(REPLACE_ISATTY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LCHOWN''@|$(REPLACE_LCHOWN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINK''@|$(REPLACE_LINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_LINKAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_LSEEK''@|$(REPLACE_LSEEK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_PREAD''@|$(REPLACE_PREAD)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_PWRITE''@|$(REPLACE_PWRITE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_READ''@|$(REPLACE_READ)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_READLINK''@|$(REPLACE_READLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_RMDIR''@|$(REPLACE_RMDIR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_SLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_SLEEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_SYMLINK''@|$(REPLACE_SYMLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_TTYNAME_R''@|$(REPLACE_TTYNAME_R)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINK''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_UNLINKAT''@|$(REPLACE_UNLINKAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_USLEEP''@|$(REPLACE_USLEEP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WRITE''@|$(REPLACE_WRITE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS''@|$(UNISTD_H_HAVE_WINSOCK2_H_AND_USE_SOCKETS)|g' \
+ -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += unistd.h unistd.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += unistd.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module unistd
+
+## begin gnulib module vasnprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += asnprintf.c float+.h printf-args.c printf-args.h printf-parse.c printf-parse.h vasnprintf.c vasnprintf.h
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += asnprintf.c printf-args.c printf-parse.c vasnprintf.c
+
+## end gnulib module vasnprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module verify
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += verify.h
+
+## end gnulib module verify
+
+## begin gnulib module vsnprintf
+
+
+EXTRA_DIST += vsnprintf.c
+
+EXTRA_libgnu_a_SOURCES += vsnprintf.c
+
+## end gnulib module vsnprintf
+
+## begin gnulib module wchar
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += wchar.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create when the system
+# version does not work standalone.
+wchar.h: wchar.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status $(CXXDEFS_H) $(ARG_NONNULL_H) $(WARN_ON_USE_H)
+ $(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+ { echo '/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */'; \
+ sed -e 's|@''GUARD_PREFIX''@|GL|g' \
+ -e 's|@''INCLUDE_NEXT''@|$(INCLUDE_NEXT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER''@|@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''PRAGMA_COLUMNS''@|@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_FEATURES_H''@|$(HAVE_FEATURES_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''NEXT_WCHAR_H''@|$(NEXT_WCHAR_H)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCHAR_H''@|$(HAVE_WCHAR_H)|g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_BTOWC''@/$(GNULIB_BTOWC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCTOB''@/$(GNULIB_WCTOB)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSINIT''@/$(GNULIB_MBSINIT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBRTOWC''@/$(GNULIB_MBRTOWC)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBRLEN''@/$(GNULIB_MBRLEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS''@/$(GNULIB_MBSRTOWCS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS''@/$(GNULIB_MBSNRTOWCS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCRTOMB''@/$(GNULIB_WCRTOMB)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS''@/$(GNULIB_WCSRTOMBS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNRTOMBS)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCWIDTH''@/$(GNULIB_WCWIDTH)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCHR''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCMP''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMCMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMMOVE''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMMOVE)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WMEMSET''@/$(GNULIB_WMEMSET)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSLEN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSLEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNLEN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNLEN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCPCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCPCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCPNCPY''@/$(GNULIB_WCPNCPY)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCAT''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCAT''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCAT)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCASECMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSNCASECMP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCOLL''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCOLL)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSXFRM''@/$(GNULIB_WCSXFRM)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSDUP''@/$(GNULIB_WCSDUP)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCHR''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSRCHR''@/$(GNULIB_WCSRCHR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSCSPN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSCSPN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSSPN''@/$(GNULIB_WCSSPN)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSPBRK''@/$(GNULIB_WCSPBRK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSSTR''@/$(GNULIB_WCSSTR)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSTOK''@/$(GNULIB_WCSTOK)/g' \
+ -e 's/@''GNULIB_WCSWIDTH''@/$(GNULIB_WCSWIDTH)/g' \
+ < $(srcdir)/wchar.in.h | \
+ sed -e 's|@''HAVE_WINT_T''@|$(HAVE_WINT_T)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_BTOWC''@|$(HAVE_BTOWC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSINIT''@|$(HAVE_MBSINIT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MBRTOWC''@|$(HAVE_MBRTOWC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MBRLEN''@|$(HAVE_MBRLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSRTOWCS''@|$(HAVE_MBSRTOWCS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS''@|$(HAVE_MBSNRTOWCS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCRTOMB''@|$(HAVE_WCRTOMB)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSRTOMBS''@|$(HAVE_WCSRTOMBS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS''@|$(HAVE_WCSNRTOMBS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCHR''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCMP''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMCPY''@|$(HAVE_WMEMCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMMOVE''@|$(HAVE_WMEMMOVE)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WMEMSET''@|$(HAVE_WMEMSET)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSLEN''@|$(HAVE_WCSLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNLEN''@|$(HAVE_WCSNLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCSCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCPCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCPCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCPNCPY''@|$(HAVE_WCPNCPY)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCAT''@|$(HAVE_WCSCAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCAT''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCAT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSCMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSCASECMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSNCASECMP''@|$(HAVE_WCSNCASECMP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCOLL''@|$(HAVE_WCSCOLL)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSXFRM''@|$(HAVE_WCSXFRM)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSDUP''@|$(HAVE_WCSDUP)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCHR''@|$(HAVE_WCSCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSRCHR''@|$(HAVE_WCSRCHR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSCSPN''@|$(HAVE_WCSCSPN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSSPN''@|$(HAVE_WCSSPN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSPBRK''@|$(HAVE_WCSPBRK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSSTR''@|$(HAVE_WCSSTR)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSTOK''@|$(HAVE_WCSTOK)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_WCSWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_WCSWIDTH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCTOB''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCTOB)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH''@|$(HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+ | \
+ sed -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSTATE_T''@|$(REPLACE_MBSTATE_T)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_BTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_BTOWC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCTOB''@|$(REPLACE_WCTOB)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSINIT''@|$(REPLACE_MBSINIT)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBRTOWC''@|$(REPLACE_MBRTOWC)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBRLEN''@|$(REPLACE_MBRLEN)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS''@|$(REPLACE_MBSRTOWCS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS''@|$(REPLACE_MBSNRTOWCS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCRTOMB''@|$(REPLACE_WCRTOMB)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS''@|$(REPLACE_WCSRTOMBS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS''@|$(REPLACE_WCSNRTOMBS)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCWIDTH)|g' \
+ -e 's|@''REPLACE_WCSWIDTH''@|$(REPLACE_WCSWIDTH)|g' \
+ -e '/definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL/r $(CXXDEFS_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL/r $(ARG_NONNULL_H)' \
+ -e '/definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE/r $(WARN_ON_USE_H)'; \
+ } > $@-t && \
+ mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += wchar.h wchar.h-t
+
+EXTRA_DIST += wchar.in.h
+
+## end gnulib module wchar
+
+## begin gnulib module xsize
+
+libgnu_a_SOURCES += xsize.h
+
+## end gnulib module xsize
+
+
+mostlyclean-local: mostlyclean-generic
+ @for dir in '' $(MOSTLYCLEANDIRS); do \
+ if test -n "$$dir" && test -d $$dir; then \
+ echo "rmdir $$dir"; rmdir $$dir; \
+ fi; \
+ done; \
+ :
diff --git a/lib/alloca.c b/lib/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee0f01886
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+ (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+ This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+ which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+ that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+ was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+ J.Otto Tennant contributed the Cray support.
+
+ There are some preprocessor constants that can
+ be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+ improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+ The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+ track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+ that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+ invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+ soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+ As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+ allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+ your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
+
+#include
+
+#include
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "lisp.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
+# ifdef EMACS_FREE
+# undef free
+# define free EMACS_FREE
+# endif
+#else
+# define memory_full() abort ()
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+ there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+# ifdef emacs
+# ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+ -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+ in order to make unexec workable
+ */
+# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
+ old and obscure compilers. */
+# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+# endif /* static */
+# endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+ provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
+
+# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+# else
+# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+# endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+ growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+ deduced at run-time.
+
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+
+# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
+# endif
+
+# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
+
+# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
+
+static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
+# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
+
+static int
+find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
+{
+ int dir, dummy = 0;
+ if (! addr)
+ addr = &dummy;
+ *addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
+ dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
+ return dir + dummy;
+}
+
+# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+ (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+ (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+ It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+ alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
+
+# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
+# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
+# endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+ char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
+ struct
+ {
+ union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
+ char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
+ } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+ which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+ the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
+ was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+ caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+ implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
+
+void *
+alloca (size_t size)
+{
+ auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
+ register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+ if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
+ STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
+# endif
+
+ /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+ was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+
+ {
+ register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
+
+# ifdef emacs
+ BLOCK_INPUT;
+# endif
+
+ for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+ if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+ || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+ {
+ register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+ free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
+
+ hp = np; /* -> next header. */
+ }
+ else
+ break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
+
+ last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
+
+# ifdef emacs
+ UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+# endif
+ }
+
+ if (size == 0)
+ return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
+
+ /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
+
+ {
+ /* Address of header. */
+ register header *new;
+
+ size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
+ if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
+ memory_full ();
+
+ new = malloc (combined_size);
+
+ if (! new)
+ memory_full ();
+
+ new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+ new->h.deep = depth;
+
+ last_alloca_header = new;
+
+ /* User storage begins just after header. */
+
+ return (void *) (new + 1);
+ }
+}
+
+# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+# include
+# endif
+
+# ifndef CRAY_STACK
+# define CRAY_STACK
+# ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+ {
+ long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
+ long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
+ long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
+ long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
+ };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+ the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
+ grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
+ part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+ 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
+ for the routine which overflows the stack. */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+ {
+ long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
+ long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
+ long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
+ long:32;
+ long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
+ segment of stack. */
+ long:32;
+ long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
+ long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
+ microtasking. */
+ long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
+ long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
+ long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
+ long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
+ long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
+ long ssa0;
+ long ssa1;
+ long ssa2;
+ long ssa3;
+ long ssa4;
+ long ssa5;
+ long ssa6;
+ long ssa7;
+ long sss0;
+ long sss1;
+ long sss2;
+ long sss3;
+ long sss4;
+ long sss5;
+ long sss6;
+ long sss7;
+ };
+
+# else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+ returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
+struct stk_stat
+ {
+ long now; /* Current total stack size. */
+ long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
+ be required to satisfy the maximum
+ stack demand to date. */
+ long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
+ long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
+ long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
+ long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
+ long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
+ long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
+ long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
+ long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
+ long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
+ long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
+ long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
+ long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
+ long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
+ number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+ include the fifteen word trailer area. */
+ long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
+ long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
+ };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+ any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+ out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+ {
+ long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
+ long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
+ this trailer). */
+ long unknown2;
+ long unknown3;
+ long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
+ segment. */
+ long unknown5;
+ long unknown6;
+ long unknown7;
+ long unknown8;
+ long unknown9;
+ long unknown10;
+ long unknown11;
+ long unknown12;
+ long unknown13;
+ long unknown14;
+ };
+
+# endif /* CRAY2 */
+# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+# ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+ I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+ struct stk_stat status;
+ struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+ long *block, size;
+ long result = 0;
+
+ /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
+ step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
+ more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+ $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
+
+ STKSTAT (&status);
+
+ /* Set up the iteration. */
+
+ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ + status.current_size
+ - 15);
+
+ /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
+ a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
+
+ if (trailer == 0)
+ abort ();
+
+ /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
+
+ while (trailer != 0)
+ {
+ block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+ size = trailer->this_size;
+ if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+ abort ();
+ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+ if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+ of all predecessor segments. */
+
+ result = address - block;
+
+ if (trailer == 0)
+ {
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+ abort ();
+ result += trailer->this_size;
+ trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+ }
+ while (trailer != 0);
+
+ /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+ not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+ from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
+ not what you want. */
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+# else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+ Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+ given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
+ routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+ for alloca. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+ long stkl = 0;
+
+ long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+ long result = 0;
+
+ struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+ /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+ current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
+ your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+ the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+ B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+ area, which is what we are really interested in. */
+
+ stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+ ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+ /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+ one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+ If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+ nonzero. */
+
+ pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+ size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+ this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+ /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+ a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
+ contain the target address. */
+
+ while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+ {
+# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+ fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+# endif
+ if (pseg == 0)
+ break;
+ stkl = stkl - pseg;
+ ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+ size = ssptr->sssize;
+ pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+ this_segment = stkl - size;
+ }
+
+ result = address - this_segment;
+
+ /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+ you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+ This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+ a cycle somewhere. */
+
+ while (pseg != 0)
+ {
+# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+ fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+# endif
+ stkl = stkl - pseg;
+ ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+ size = ssptr->sssize;
+ pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+ result += size;
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+# endif /* not CRAY2 */
+# endif /* CRAY */
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC 2 */
diff --git a/lib/alloca.in.h b/lib/alloca.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d20f4b8f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/alloca.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+ by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License along with this program; if not, see
+ .
+ */
+
+/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
+ means there is a real alloca function. */
+#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
+#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
+ allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
+ Use of alloca should be avoided:
+ - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+ - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+ calling function returns,
+ - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+ the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+ request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef alloca
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined _AIX
+# define alloca __alloca
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+# include
+# define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
+# define alloca __ALLOCA
+# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+# endif
+void *_alloca (unsigned short);
+# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
+# define alloca _alloca
+# else
+# include
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+# endif
+void *alloca (size_t);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/lib/argp-ba.c b/lib/argp-ba.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14776770f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-ba.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
+ Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
+ bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if
+ the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
+ messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like "Report bugs to
+ ADDR." */
+const char *argp_program_bug_address
+/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
+ BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
+
+ . */
+#if defined __ELF__
+ /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
+#else
+ = (const char *) 0
+#endif
+ ;
diff --git a/lib/argp-eexst.c b/lib/argp-eexst.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dcb10a6f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-eexst.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
+ Copyright (C) 1997, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include
+
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
+ If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
+ . */
+error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;
diff --git a/lib/argp-fmtstream.c b/lib/argp-fmtstream.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70e3eb862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-fmtstream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
+ Copyright (C) 1997-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
+ don't have that. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+
+#ifndef isblank
+#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include
+# include
+# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
+#endif
+
+#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
+#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
+
+/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
+ written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
+ total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
+ replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
+ Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
+ Returns NULL if there was an error. */
+argp_fmtstream_t
+__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
+ size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
+{
+ argp_fmtstream_t fs;
+
+ fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
+ if (fs != NULL)
+ {
+ fs->stream = stream;
+
+ fs->lmargin = lmargin;
+ fs->rmargin = rmargin;
+ fs->wmargin = wmargin;
+ fs->point_col = 0;
+ fs->point_offs = 0;
+
+ fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
+ if (! fs->buf)
+ {
+ free (fs);
+ fs = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fs->p = fs->buf;
+ fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return fs;
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported. */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
+void
+__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
+{
+ __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
+ if (fs->p > fs->buf)
+ {
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+#else
+ fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+#endif
+ }
+ free (fs->buf);
+ free (fs);
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported. */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
+ end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */
+void
+__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
+{
+ char *buf, *nl;
+ size_t len;
+
+ /* Scan the buffer for newlines. */
+ buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
+ while (buf < fs->p)
+ {
+ size_t r;
+
+ if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
+ {
+ /* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */
+ const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
+ if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
+ {
+ /* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
+ buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */
+ memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
+ fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
+ memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */
+ buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
+ {
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+ putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
+ else
+#endif
+ putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
+ }
+ }
+ fs->point_col = pad;
+ }
+
+ len = fs->p - buf;
+ nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
+
+ if (fs->point_col < 0)
+ fs->point_col = 0;
+
+ if (!nl)
+ {
+ /* The buffer ends in a partial line. */
+
+ if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
+ {
+ /* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
+ within the maximum line width. Advance point for the
+ characters to be written and stop scanning. */
+ fs->point_col += len;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
+ the end of the buffer. */
+ nl = fs->p;
+ }
+ else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
+ {
+ /* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
+ line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */
+ fs->point_col = 0;
+ buf = nl + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* This line is too long. */
+ r = fs->rmargin - 1;
+
+ if (fs->wmargin < 0)
+ {
+ /* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
+ newline and anything after it in the buffer. */
+ if (nl < fs->p)
+ {
+ memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
+ fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
+ /* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */
+ fs->point_col = 0;
+ buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
+ maximum line width. Advance point for the characters
+ written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */
+ fs->point_col += len;
+ fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line
+ width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
+ Then insert a line break. */
+
+ char *p, *nextline;
+ int i;
+
+ p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
+ while (p >= buf && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p))
+ --p;
+ nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */
+
+ if (nextline > buf)
+ {
+ /* Swallow separating blanks. */
+ if (p >= buf)
+ do
+ --p;
+ while (p >= buf && isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
+ nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
+ Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */
+ p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
+ /* Find the end of the long word. */
+ if (p < nl)
+ do
+ ++p;
+ while (p < nl && !isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
+ if (p == nl)
+ {
+ /* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */
+ fs->point_col = 0;
+ buf = nl + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */
+ nl = p;
+ /* Swallow separating blanks. */
+ do
+ ++p;
+ while (isblank ((unsigned char) *p));
+ /* The next line will start here. */
+ nextline = p;
+ }
+
+ /* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
+ NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
+ at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
+ we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */
+
+ if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
+ ? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
+ : nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
+ && fs->p > nextline)
+ {
+ /* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */
+ if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
+ /* Make some space for them. */
+ {
+ size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
+ memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
+ nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
+ len = nextline + mv - buf;
+ *nl++ = '\n';
+ }
+ else
+ /* Output the first line so we can use the space. */
+ {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
+ (int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+#else
+ if (nl > fs->buf)
+ fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+ putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
+#endif
+
+ len += buf - fs->buf;
+ nl = buf = fs->buf;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
+ the next word. */
+ *nl++ = '\n';
+
+ if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
+ || (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
+ /* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */
+ for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
+ *nl++ = ' ';
+ else
+ for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
+ putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
+ else
+#endif
+ putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
+
+ /* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
+ position. */
+ if (nl < nextline)
+ memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
+ len -= nextline - buf;
+
+ /* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */
+ buf = nl;
+
+ /* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */
+ fs->p = nl + len;
+
+ /* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin
+ is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
+ point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */
+ fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */
+ fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
+}
+
+/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
+ growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */
+int
+__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
+{
+ if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
+ {
+ ssize_t wrote;
+
+ /* Flush FS's buffer. */
+ __argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+ __fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
+ wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
+#else
+ wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
+#endif
+ if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
+ {
+ fs->p = fs->buf;
+ fs->point_offs = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fs->p -= wrote;
+ fs->point_offs -= wrote;
+ memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
+ /* Gotta grow the buffer. */
+ {
+ size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
+ size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
+ char *new_buf;
+
+ if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
+ {
+ __set_errno (ENOMEM);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ fs->buf = new_buf;
+ fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
+ fs->p = fs->buf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+ssize_t
+__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ int out;
+ size_t avail;
+ size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
+
+ do
+ {
+ va_list args;
+
+ if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
+ return -1;
+
+ va_start (args, fmt);
+ avail = fs->end - fs->p;
+ out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
+ va_end (args);
+ if ((size_t) out >= avail)
+ size_guess = out + 1;
+ }
+ while ((size_t) out >= avail);
+
+ fs->p += out;
+
+ return out;
+}
+#if 0
+/* Not exported. */
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
diff --git a/lib/argp-fmtstream.h b/lib/argp-fmtstream.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a891c3dc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-fmtstream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
+ Copyright (C) 1997, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+/* This package emulates glibc 'line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
+ don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
+ that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
+ shouldn't be installed. */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
+#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+ The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+ accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+ We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+ gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+ the 'printf' function. */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
+ || (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
+/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */
+#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
+/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
+ *slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
+ object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
+ line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */
+
+#include
+
+typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
+
+#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
+#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
+#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
+#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
+
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
+#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
+#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
+
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
+#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
+#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
+
+#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
+/* Guess we have to define our own version. */
+
+struct argp_fmtstream
+{
+ FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */
+
+ size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */
+ ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */
+
+ /* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */
+ size_t point_offs;
+ /* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */
+ ssize_t point_col;
+
+ char *buf; /* Output buffer. */
+ char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */
+ char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */
+};
+
+typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
+
+/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
+ written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
+ total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
+ replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
+ Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
+ Returns NULL if there was an error. */
+extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
+ size_t __lmargin,
+ size_t __rmargin,
+ ssize_t __wmargin);
+extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
+ size_t __lmargin,
+ size_t __rmargin,
+ ssize_t __wmargin);
+
+/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
+extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+
+extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ const char *__fmt, ...)
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3));
+extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ const char *__fmt, ...)
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((printf, 2, 3));
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
+extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
+
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
+extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
+
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ const char *__str, size_t __len);
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ const char *__str, size_t __len);
+#endif
+
+/* Access macros for various bits of state. */
+#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
+#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
+#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __OPTIMIZE__
+/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ size_t __lmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ size_t __lmargin);
+
+/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ size_t __rmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ size_t __rmargin);
+
+/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ size_t __wmargin);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ size_t __wmargin);
+
+/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
+extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+#endif
+
+/* Internal routines. */
+extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
+extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
+extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
+
+#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
+/* Inline versions of above routines. */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
+#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
+#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+ /* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+ inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
+ __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
+ __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
+
+ GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
+ semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
+ warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
+ warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
+ It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation.
+
+ Whereas Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5479 without -std=c99 or -std=gnu99
+ implements the GNU C inline semantics and defines the macro
+ __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__, but it does not warn and does not support
+ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__)).
+
+ All in all, these are the possible combinations. For every compiler,
+ we need to choose ARGP_FS_EI so that the corresponding table cell
+ contains an "ok".
+
+ \ ARGP_FS_EI inline extern extern
+ \ inline inline
+ CC \ __attribute__
+ ((gnu_inline))
+
+ gcc 4.3.0 error ok ok
+ gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
+ gcc 4.3.0 -std=gnu99 ok error ok
+
+ gcc 4.2.2 error ok ok
+ gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 -fgnu89-inline error ok ok
+ gcc 4.2.2 -std=gnu99 error warning ok
+
+ gcc 4.1.2 error ok warning
+ gcc 4.1.2 -std=gnu99 error ok warning
+
+ Apple gcc 4.0.1 error ok warning
+ Apple gcc 4.0.1 -std=gnu99 ok error warning
+ */
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
+# elif __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 2)
+# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+# define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
+# endif
+# else
+ /* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
+ the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
+# define ARGP_FS_EI inline
+# endif
+#endif
+
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
+ const char *__str, size_t __len)
+{
+ if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
+ {
+ memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
+ __fs->p += __len;
+ return __len;
+ }
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+ARGP_FS_EI int
+__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
+{
+ size_t __len = strlen (__str);
+ if (__len)
+ {
+ size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
+ return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
+ }
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+ARGP_FS_EI int
+__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
+{
+ if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
+ return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
+ else
+ return EOF;
+}
+
+/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
+{
+ size_t __old;
+ if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+ __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+ __old = __fs->lmargin;
+ __fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
+ return __old;
+}
+
+/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
+{
+ size_t __old;
+ if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+ __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+ __old = __fs->rmargin;
+ __fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
+ return __old;
+}
+
+/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
+{
+ size_t __old;
+ if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+ __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+ __old = __fs->wmargin;
+ __fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
+ return __old;
+}
+
+/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
+ARGP_FS_EI size_t
+__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
+{
+ if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
+ __argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
+ return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
+}
+
+#if !_LIBC
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
+
+#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
+
+#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */
diff --git a/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c b/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b030e589f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
+ Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#define ARGP_FS_EI
+#undef __OPTIMIZE__
+#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+
+#if 0
+/* Not exported. */
+/* Add weak aliases. */
+#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
+
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
+weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-help.c b/lib/argp-help.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c46703c03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-help.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1955 @@
+/* Hierarchical argument parsing help output
+ Copyright (C) 1995-2005, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
+ INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "argp.h"
+#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters.
+
+ These may be specified in an environment variable called 'ARGP_HELP_FMT',
+ with a contents like: VAR1=VAL1,VAR2=VAL2,BOOLVAR2,no-BOOLVAR2
+ Where VALn must be a positive integer. The list of variables is in the
+ UPARAM_NAMES vector, below. */
+
+/* Default parameters. */
+#define DUP_ARGS 0 /* True if option argument can be duplicated. */
+#define DUP_ARGS_NOTE 1 /* True to print a note about duplicate args. */
+#define SHORT_OPT_COL 2 /* column in which short options start */
+#define LONG_OPT_COL 6 /* column in which long options start */
+#define DOC_OPT_COL 2 /* column in which doc options start */
+#define OPT_DOC_COL 29 /* column in which option text starts */
+#define HEADER_COL 1 /* column in which group headers are printed */
+#define USAGE_INDENT 12 /* indentation of wrapped usage lines */
+#define RMARGIN 79 /* right margin used for wrapping */
+
+/* User-selectable (using an environment variable) formatting parameters.
+ They must all be of type 'int' for the parsing code to work. */
+struct uparams
+{
+ /* If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
+ options, even when a given option has both, e.g. '-x ARG, --longx=ARG'.
+ If false, then if an option has both, the argument is only shown with
+ the long one, e.g., '-x, --longx=ARG', and a message indicating that
+ this really means both is printed below the options. */
+ int dup_args;
+
+ /* This is true if when DUP_ARGS is false, and some duplicate arguments have
+ been suppressed, an explanatory message should be printed. */
+ int dup_args_note;
+
+ /* Various output columns. */
+ int short_opt_col; /* column in which short options start */
+ int long_opt_col; /* column in which long options start */
+ int doc_opt_col; /* column in which doc options start */
+ int opt_doc_col; /* column in which option text starts */
+ int header_col; /* column in which group headers are printed */
+ int usage_indent; /* indentation of wrapped usage lines */
+ int rmargin; /* right margin used for wrapping */
+
+ int valid; /* True when the values in here are valid. */
+};
+
+/* This is a global variable, as user options are only ever read once. */
+static struct uparams uparams = {
+ DUP_ARGS, DUP_ARGS_NOTE,
+ SHORT_OPT_COL, LONG_OPT_COL, DOC_OPT_COL, OPT_DOC_COL, HEADER_COL,
+ USAGE_INDENT, RMARGIN,
+ 0
+};
+
+/* A particular uparam, and what the user name is. */
+struct uparam_name
+{
+ const char *name; /* User name. */
+ int is_bool; /* Whether it's 'boolean'. */
+ size_t uparams_offs; /* Location of the (int) field in UPARAMS. */
+};
+
+/* The name-field mappings we know about. */
+static const struct uparam_name uparam_names[] =
+{
+ { "dup-args", 1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args) },
+ { "dup-args-note", 1, offsetof (struct uparams, dup_args_note) },
+ { "short-opt-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, short_opt_col) },
+ { "long-opt-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, long_opt_col) },
+ { "doc-opt-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, doc_opt_col) },
+ { "opt-doc-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, opt_doc_col) },
+ { "header-col", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, header_col) },
+ { "usage-indent", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, usage_indent) },
+ { "rmargin", 0, offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin) },
+ { 0 }
+};
+
+static void
+validate_uparams (const struct argp_state *state, struct uparams *upptr)
+{
+ const struct uparam_name *up;
+
+ for (up = uparam_names; up->name; up++)
+ {
+ if (up->is_bool
+ || up->uparams_offs == offsetof (struct uparams, rmargin))
+ continue;
+ if (*(int *)((char *)upptr + up->uparams_offs) >= upptr->rmargin)
+ {
+ __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ "\
+ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s value is less than or equal to %s"),
+ "rmargin", up->name);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ uparams = *upptr;
+ uparams.valid = 1;
+}
+
+/* Read user options from the environment, and fill in UPARAMS appropriately. */
+static void
+fill_in_uparams (const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+ const char *var = getenv ("ARGP_HELP_FMT");
+ struct uparams new_params = uparams;
+
+#define SKIPWS(p) do { while (isspace ((unsigned char) *p)) p++; } while (0);
+
+ if (var)
+ {
+ /* Parse var. */
+ while (*var)
+ {
+ SKIPWS (var);
+
+ if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *var))
+ {
+ size_t var_len;
+ const struct uparam_name *un;
+ int unspec = 0, val = 0;
+ const char *arg = var;
+
+ while (isalnum ((unsigned char) *arg) || *arg == '-' || *arg == '_')
+ arg++;
+ var_len = arg - var;
+
+ SKIPWS (arg);
+
+ if (*arg == '\0' || *arg == ',')
+ unspec = 1;
+ else if (*arg == '=')
+ {
+ arg++;
+ SKIPWS (arg);
+ }
+
+ if (unspec)
+ {
+ if (var[0] == 'n' && var[1] == 'o' && var[2] == '-')
+ {
+ val = 0;
+ var += 3;
+ var_len -= 3;
+ }
+ else
+ val = 1;
+ }
+ else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) *arg))
+ {
+ val = atoi (arg);
+ while (isdigit ((unsigned char) *arg))
+ arg++;
+ SKIPWS (arg);
+ }
+
+ for (un = uparam_names; un->name; un++)
+ if (strlen (un->name) == var_len
+ && strncmp (var, un->name, var_len) == 0)
+ {
+ if (unspec && !un->is_bool)
+ __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ "\
+%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter requires a value"),
+ (int) var_len, var);
+ else if (val < 0)
+ __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ "\
+%.*s: ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter must be positive"),
+ (int) var_len, var);
+ else
+ *(int *)((char *)&new_params + un->uparams_offs) = val;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (! un->name)
+ __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
+%.*s: Unknown ARGP_HELP_FMT parameter"),
+ (int) var_len, var);
+
+ var = arg;
+ if (*var == ',')
+ var++;
+ }
+ else if (*var)
+ {
+ __argp_failure (state, 0, 0,
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ "Garbage in ARGP_HELP_FMT: %s"), var);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ validate_uparams (state, &new_params);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Returns true if OPT hasn't been marked invisible. Visibility only affects
+ whether OPT is displayed or used in sorting, not option shadowing. */
+#define ovisible(opt) (! ((opt)->flags & OPTION_HIDDEN))
+
+/* Returns true if OPT is an alias for an earlier option. */
+#define oalias(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_ALIAS)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT is a documentation-only entry. */
+#define odoc(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_DOC)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT should not be translated */
+#define onotrans(opt) ((opt)->flags & OPTION_NO_TRANS)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT is the end-of-list marker for a list of options. */
+#define oend(opt) __option_is_end (opt)
+
+/* Returns true if OPT has a short option. */
+#define oshort(opt) __option_is_short (opt)
+
+/*
+ The help format for a particular option is like:
+
+ -xARG, -yARG, --long1=ARG, --long2=ARG Documentation...
+
+ Where ARG will be omitted if there's no argument, for this option, or
+ will be surrounded by "[" and "]" appropriately if the argument is
+ optional. The documentation string is word-wrapped appropriately, and if
+ the list of options is long enough, it will be started on a separate line.
+ If there are no short options for a given option, the first long option is
+ indented slightly in a way that's supposed to make most long options appear
+ to be in a separate column.
+
+ For example, the following output (from ps):
+
+ -p PID, --pid=PID List the process PID
+ --pgrp=PGRP List processes in the process group PGRP
+ -P, -x, --no-parent Include processes without parents
+ -Q, --all-fields Don't elide unusable fields (normally if there's
+ some reason ps can't print a field for any
+ process, it's removed from the output entirely)
+ -r, --reverse, --gratuitously-long-reverse-option
+ Reverse the order of any sort
+ --session[=SID] Add the processes from the session SID (which
+ defaults to the sid of the current process)
+
+ Here are some more options:
+ -f ZOT, --foonly=ZOT Glork a foonly
+ -z, --zaza Snit a zar
+
+ -?, --help Give this help list
+ --usage Give a short usage message
+ -V, --version Print program version
+
+ The struct argp_option array for the above could look like:
+
+ {
+ {"pid", 'p', "PID", 0, "List the process PID"},
+ {"pgrp", OPT_PGRP, "PGRP", 0, "List processes in the process group PGRP"},
+ {"no-parent", 'P', 0, 0, "Include processes without parents"},
+ {0, 'x', 0, OPTION_ALIAS},
+ {"all-fields",'Q', 0, 0, "Don't elide unusable fields (normally"
+ " if there's some reason ps can't"
+ " print a field for any process, it's"
+ " removed from the output entirely)" },
+ {"reverse", 'r', 0, 0, "Reverse the order of any sort"},
+ {"gratuitously-long-reverse-option", 0, 0, OPTION_ALIAS},
+ {"session", OPT_SESS, "SID", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL,
+ "Add the processes from the session"
+ " SID (which defaults to the sid of"
+ " the current process)" },
+
+ {0,0,0,0, "Here are some more options:"},
+ {"foonly", 'f', "ZOT", 0, "Glork a foonly"},
+ {"zaza", 'z', 0, 0, "Snit a zar"},
+
+ {0}
+ }
+
+ Note that the last three options are automatically supplied by argp_parse,
+ unless you tell it not to with ARGP_NO_HELP.
+
+*/
+
+/* Returns true if CH occurs between BEG and END. */
+static int
+find_char (char ch, char *beg, char *end)
+{
+ while (beg < end)
+ if (*beg == ch)
+ return 1;
+ else
+ beg++;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+struct hol_cluster; /* fwd decl */
+
+struct hol_entry
+{
+ /* First option. */
+ const struct argp_option *opt;
+ /* Number of options (including aliases). */
+ unsigned num;
+
+ /* A pointers into the HOL's short_options field, to the first short option
+ letter for this entry. The order of the characters following this point
+ corresponds to the order of options pointed to by OPT, and there are at
+ most NUM. A short option recorded in an option following OPT is only
+ valid if it occurs in the right place in SHORT_OPTIONS (otherwise it's
+ probably been shadowed by some other entry). */
+ char *short_options;
+
+ /* Entries are sorted by their group first, in the order:
+ 1, 2, ..., n, 0, -m, ..., -2, -1
+ and then alphabetically within each group. The default is 0. */
+ int group;
+
+ /* The cluster of options this entry belongs to, or 0 if none. */
+ struct hol_cluster *cluster;
+
+ /* The argp from which this option came. */
+ const struct argp *argp;
+
+ /* Position in the array */
+ unsigned ord;
+};
+
+/* A cluster of entries to reflect the argp tree structure. */
+struct hol_cluster
+{
+ /* A descriptive header printed before options in this cluster. */
+ const char *header;
+
+ /* Used to order clusters within the same group with the same parent,
+ according to the order in which they occurred in the parent argp's child
+ list. */
+ int index;
+
+ /* How to sort this cluster with respect to options and other clusters at the
+ same depth (clusters always follow options in the same group). */
+ int group;
+
+ /* The cluster to which this cluster belongs, or 0 if it's at the base
+ level. */
+ struct hol_cluster *parent;
+
+ /* The argp from which this cluster is (eventually) derived. */
+ const struct argp *argp;
+
+ /* The distance this cluster is from the root. */
+ int depth;
+
+ /* Clusters in a given hol are kept in a linked list, to make freeing them
+ possible. */
+ struct hol_cluster *next;
+};
+
+/* A list of options for help. */
+struct hol
+{
+ /* An array of hol_entry's. */
+ struct hol_entry *entries;
+ /* The number of entries in this hol. If this field is zero, the others
+ are undefined. */
+ unsigned num_entries;
+
+ /* A string containing all short options in this HOL. Each entry contains
+ pointers into this string, so the order can't be messed with blindly. */
+ char *short_options;
+
+ /* Clusters of entries in this hol. */
+ struct hol_cluster *clusters;
+};
+
+/* Create a struct hol from the options in ARGP. CLUSTER is the
+ hol_cluster in which these entries occur, or 0, if at the root. */
+static struct hol *
+make_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster)
+{
+ char *so;
+ const struct argp_option *o;
+ const struct argp_option *opts = argp->options;
+ struct hol_entry *entry;
+ unsigned num_short_options = 0;
+ struct hol *hol = malloc (sizeof (struct hol));
+
+ assert (hol);
+
+ hol->num_entries = 0;
+ hol->clusters = 0;
+
+ if (opts)
+ {
+ int cur_group = 0;
+
+ /* The first option must not be an alias. */
+ assert (! oalias (opts));
+
+ /* Calculate the space needed. */
+ for (o = opts; ! oend (o); o++)
+ {
+ if (! oalias (o))
+ hol->num_entries++;
+ if (oshort (o))
+ num_short_options++; /* This is an upper bound. */
+ }
+
+ hol->entries = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_entry) * hol->num_entries);
+ hol->short_options = malloc (num_short_options + 1);
+
+ assert (hol->entries && hol->short_options);
+ if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX)
+ assert (hol->num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+
+ /* Fill in the entries. */
+ so = hol->short_options;
+ for (o = opts, entry = hol->entries; ! oend (o); entry++)
+ {
+ entry->opt = o;
+ entry->num = 0;
+ entry->short_options = so;
+ entry->group = cur_group =
+ o->group
+ ? o->group
+ : ((!o->name && !o->key)
+ ? cur_group + 1
+ : cur_group);
+ entry->cluster = cluster;
+ entry->argp = argp;
+
+ do
+ {
+ entry->num++;
+ if (oshort (o) && ! find_char (o->key, hol->short_options, so))
+ /* O has a valid short option which hasn't already been used.*/
+ *so++ = o->key;
+ o++;
+ }
+ while (! oend (o) && oalias (o));
+ }
+ *so = '\0'; /* null terminated so we can find the length */
+ }
+
+ return hol;
+}
+
+/* Add a new cluster to HOL, with the given GROUP and HEADER (taken from the
+ associated argp child list entry), INDEX, and PARENT, and return a pointer
+ to it. ARGP is the argp that this cluster results from. */
+static struct hol_cluster *
+hol_add_cluster (struct hol *hol, int group, const char *header, int index,
+ struct hol_cluster *parent, const struct argp *argp)
+{
+ struct hol_cluster *cl = malloc (sizeof (struct hol_cluster));
+ if (cl)
+ {
+ cl->group = group;
+ cl->header = header;
+
+ cl->index = index;
+ cl->parent = parent;
+ cl->argp = argp;
+ cl->depth = parent ? parent->depth + 1 : 0;
+
+ cl->next = hol->clusters;
+ hol->clusters = cl;
+ }
+ return cl;
+}
+
+/* Free HOL and any resources it uses. */
+static void
+hol_free (struct hol *hol)
+{
+ struct hol_cluster *cl = hol->clusters;
+
+ while (cl)
+ {
+ struct hol_cluster *next = cl->next;
+ free (cl);
+ cl = next;
+ }
+
+ if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+ {
+ free (hol->entries);
+ free (hol->short_options);
+ }
+
+ free (hol);
+}
+
+static int
+hol_entry_short_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry,
+ int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt,
+ const struct argp_option *real,
+ const char *domain, void *cookie),
+ const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+ unsigned nopts;
+ int val = 0;
+ const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt;
+ char *so = entry->short_options;
+
+ for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--)
+ if (oshort (opt) && *so == opt->key)
+ {
+ if (!oalias (opt))
+ real = opt;
+ if (ovisible (opt))
+ val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie);
+ so++;
+ }
+
+ return val;
+}
+
+static inline int
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((always_inline))
+#endif
+hol_entry_long_iterate (const struct hol_entry *entry,
+ int (*func)(const struct argp_option *opt,
+ const struct argp_option *real,
+ const char *domain, void *cookie),
+ const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+ unsigned nopts;
+ int val = 0;
+ const struct argp_option *opt, *real = entry->opt;
+
+ for (opt = real, nopts = entry->num; nopts > 0 && !val; opt++, nopts--)
+ if (opt->name)
+ {
+ if (!oalias (opt))
+ real = opt;
+ if (ovisible (opt))
+ val = (*func)(opt, real, domain, cookie);
+ }
+
+ return val;
+}
+
+/* Iterator that returns true for the first short option. */
+static int
+until_short (const struct argp_option *opt, const struct argp_option *real,
+ const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+ return oshort (opt) ? opt->key : 0;
+}
+
+/* Returns the first valid short option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none. */
+static char
+hol_entry_first_short (const struct hol_entry *entry)
+{
+ return hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, until_short,
+ entry->argp->argp_domain, 0);
+}
+
+/* Returns the first valid long option in ENTRY, or 0 if there is none. */
+static const char *
+hol_entry_first_long (const struct hol_entry *entry)
+{
+ const struct argp_option *opt;
+ unsigned num;
+ for (opt = entry->opt, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+ if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+ return opt->name;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Returns the entry in HOL with the long option name NAME, or 0 if there is
+ none. */
+static struct hol_entry *
+hol_find_entry (struct hol *hol, const char *name)
+{
+ struct hol_entry *entry = hol->entries;
+ unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries;
+
+ while (num_entries-- > 0)
+ {
+ const struct argp_option *opt = entry->opt;
+ unsigned num_opts = entry->num;
+
+ while (num_opts-- > 0)
+ if (opt->name && ovisible (opt) && strcmp (opt->name, name) == 0)
+ return entry;
+ else
+ opt++;
+
+ entry++;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* If an entry with the long option NAME occurs in HOL, set it's special
+ sort position to GROUP. */
+static void
+hol_set_group (struct hol *hol, const char *name, int group)
+{
+ struct hol_entry *entry = hol_find_entry (hol, name);
+ if (entry)
+ entry->group = group;
+}
+
+/* Order by group: 0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1.
+ EQ is what to return if GROUP1 and GROUP2 are the same. */
+static int
+group_cmp (int group1, int group2, int eq)
+{
+ if (group1 == group2)
+ return eq;
+ else if ((group1 < 0 && group2 < 0) || (group1 >= 0 && group2 >= 0))
+ return group1 - group2;
+ else
+ return group2 - group1;
+}
+
+/* Compare clusters CL1 & CL2 by the order that they should appear in
+ output. */
+static int
+hol_cluster_cmp (const struct hol_cluster *cl1, const struct hol_cluster *cl2)
+{
+ /* If one cluster is deeper than the other, use its ancestor at the same
+ level, so that finding the common ancestor is straightforward.
+
+ clN->depth > 0 means that clN->parent != NULL (see hol_add_cluster) */
+ while (cl1->depth > cl2->depth)
+ cl1 = cl1->parent;
+ while (cl2->depth > cl1->depth)
+ cl2 = cl2->parent;
+
+ /* Now reduce both clusters to their ancestors at the point where both have
+ a common parent; these can be directly compared. */
+ while (cl1->parent != cl2->parent)
+ cl1 = cl1->parent, cl2 = cl2->parent;
+
+ return group_cmp (cl1->group, cl2->group, cl2->index - cl1->index);
+}
+
+/* Return the ancestor of CL that's just below the root (i.e., has a parent
+ of 0). */
+static struct hol_cluster *
+hol_cluster_base (struct hol_cluster *cl)
+{
+ while (cl->parent)
+ cl = cl->parent;
+ return cl;
+}
+
+/* Return true if CL1 is a child of CL2. */
+static int
+hol_cluster_is_child (const struct hol_cluster *cl1,
+ const struct hol_cluster *cl2)
+{
+ while (cl1 && cl1 != cl2)
+ cl1 = cl1->parent;
+ return cl1 == cl2;
+}
+
+/* Given the name of an OPTION_DOC option, modifies NAME to start at the tail
+ that should be used for comparisons, and returns true iff it should be
+ treated as a non-option. */
+static int
+canon_doc_option (const char **name)
+{
+ int non_opt;
+
+ if (!*name)
+ non_opt = 1;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Skip initial whitespace. */
+ while (isspace ((unsigned char) **name))
+ (*name)++;
+ /* Decide whether this looks like an option (leading '-') or not. */
+ non_opt = (**name != '-');
+ /* Skip until part of name used for sorting. */
+ while (**name && !isalnum ((unsigned char) **name))
+ (*name)++;
+ }
+ return non_opt;
+}
+
+#define HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP(a,b) ((a)->ord < (b)->ord ? -1 : 1)
+
+/* Order ENTRY1 & ENTRY2 by the order which they should appear in a help
+ listing. */
+static int
+hol_entry_cmp (const struct hol_entry *entry1,
+ const struct hol_entry *entry2)
+{
+ /* The group numbers by which the entries should be ordered; if either is
+ in a cluster, then this is just the group within the cluster. */
+ int group1 = entry1->group, group2 = entry2->group;
+ int rc;
+
+ if (entry1->cluster != entry2->cluster)
+ {
+ /* The entries are not within the same cluster, so we can't compare them
+ directly, we have to use the appropriate clustering level too. */
+ if (! entry1->cluster)
+ /* ENTRY1 is at the "base level", not in a cluster, so we have to
+ compare it's group number with that of the base cluster in which
+ ENTRY2 resides. Note that if they're in the same group, the
+ clustered option always comes laster. */
+ return group_cmp (group1, hol_cluster_base (entry2->cluster)->group, -1);
+ else if (! entry2->cluster)
+ /* Likewise, but ENTRY2's not in a cluster. */
+ return group_cmp (hol_cluster_base (entry1->cluster)->group, group2, 1);
+ else
+ /* Both entries are in clusters, we can just compare the clusters. */
+ return (rc = hol_cluster_cmp (entry1->cluster, entry2->cluster)) ?
+ rc : HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2);
+ }
+ else if (group1 == group2)
+ /* The entries are both in the same cluster and group, so compare them
+ alphabetically. */
+ {
+ int short1 = hol_entry_first_short (entry1);
+ int short2 = hol_entry_first_short (entry2);
+ int doc1 = odoc (entry1->opt);
+ int doc2 = odoc (entry2->opt);
+ const char *long1 = hol_entry_first_long (entry1);
+ const char *long2 = hol_entry_first_long (entry2);
+
+ if (doc1)
+ doc1 = canon_doc_option (&long1);
+ if (doc2)
+ doc2 = canon_doc_option (&long2);
+
+ if (doc1 != doc2)
+ /* "documentation" options always follow normal options (or
+ documentation options that *look* like normal options). */
+ return doc1 - doc2;
+ else if (!short1 && !short2 && long1 && long2)
+ /* Only long options. */
+ return (rc = __strcasecmp (long1, long2)) ?
+ rc : HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2);
+ else
+ /* Compare short/short, long/short, short/long, using the first
+ character of long options. Entries without *any* valid
+ options (such as options with OPTION_HIDDEN set) will be put
+ first, but as they're not displayed, it doesn't matter where
+ they are. */
+ {
+ unsigned char first1 = short1 ? short1 : long1 ? *long1 : 0;
+ unsigned char first2 = short2 ? short2 : long2 ? *long2 : 0;
+ /* Use tolower, not _tolower, since only the former is
+ guaranteed to work on something already lower case. */
+ int lower_cmp = tolower (first1) - tolower (first2);
+ /* Compare ignoring case, except when the options are both the
+ same letter, in which case lower-case always comes first. */
+ return lower_cmp ? lower_cmp :
+ (rc = first2 - first1) ?
+ rc : HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* Within the same cluster, but not the same group, so just compare
+ groups. */
+ return group_cmp (group1, group2, HOL_ENTRY_PTRCMP (entry1, entry2));
+}
+
+/* Version of hol_entry_cmp with correct signature for qsort. */
+static int
+hol_entry_qcmp (const void *entry1_v, const void *entry2_v)
+{
+ return hol_entry_cmp (entry1_v, entry2_v);
+}
+
+/* Sort HOL by group and alphabetically by option name (with short options
+ taking precedence over long). Since the sorting is for display purposes
+ only, the shadowing of options isn't effected. */
+static void
+hol_sort (struct hol *hol)
+{
+ if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned i;
+ struct hol_entry *e;
+ for (i = 0, e = hol->entries; i < hol->num_entries; i++, e++)
+ e->ord = i;
+ qsort (hol->entries, hol->num_entries, sizeof (struct hol_entry),
+ hol_entry_qcmp);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Append MORE to HOL, destroying MORE in the process. Options in HOL shadow
+ any in MORE with the same name. */
+static void
+hol_append (struct hol *hol, struct hol *more)
+{
+ struct hol_cluster **cl_end = &hol->clusters;
+
+ /* Steal MORE's cluster list, and add it to the end of HOL's. */
+ while (*cl_end)
+ cl_end = &(*cl_end)->next;
+ *cl_end = more->clusters;
+ more->clusters = 0;
+
+ /* Merge entries. */
+ if (more->num_entries > 0)
+ {
+ if (hol->num_entries == 0)
+ {
+ hol->num_entries = more->num_entries;
+ hol->entries = more->entries;
+ hol->short_options = more->short_options;
+ more->num_entries = 0; /* Mark MORE's fields as invalid. */
+ }
+ else
+ /* Append the entries in MORE to those in HOL, taking care to only add
+ non-shadowed SHORT_OPTIONS values. */
+ {
+ unsigned left;
+ char *so, *more_so;
+ struct hol_entry *e;
+ unsigned num_entries = hol->num_entries + more->num_entries;
+ struct hol_entry *entries =
+ malloc (num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+ unsigned hol_so_len = strlen (hol->short_options);
+ char *short_options =
+ malloc (hol_so_len + strlen (more->short_options) + 1);
+
+ assert (entries && short_options);
+ if (SIZE_MAX <= UINT_MAX)
+ assert (num_entries <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+
+ __mempcpy (__mempcpy (entries, hol->entries,
+ hol->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry)),
+ more->entries,
+ more->num_entries * sizeof (struct hol_entry));
+
+ __mempcpy (short_options, hol->short_options, hol_so_len);
+
+ /* Fix up the short options pointers from HOL. */
+ for (e = entries, left = hol->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--)
+ e->short_options =
+ short_options + (e->short_options - hol->short_options);
+
+ /* Now add the short options from MORE, fixing up its entries
+ too. */
+ so = short_options + hol_so_len;
+ more_so = more->short_options;
+ for (left = more->num_entries; left > 0; e++, left--)
+ {
+ int opts_left;
+ const struct argp_option *opt;
+
+ e->short_options = so;
+
+ for (opts_left = e->num, opt = e->opt; opts_left; opt++, opts_left--)
+ {
+ int ch = *more_so;
+ if (oshort (opt) && ch == opt->key)
+ /* The next short option in MORE_SO, CH, is from OPT. */
+ {
+ if (! find_char (ch, short_options,
+ short_options + hol_so_len))
+ /* The short option CH isn't shadowed by HOL's options,
+ so add it to the sum. */
+ *so++ = ch;
+ more_so++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *so = '\0';
+
+ free (hol->entries);
+ free (hol->short_options);
+
+ hol->entries = entries;
+ hol->num_entries = num_entries;
+ hol->short_options = short_options;
+ }
+ }
+
+ hol_free (more);
+}
+
+/* Inserts enough spaces to make sure STREAM is at column COL. */
+static void
+indent_to (argp_fmtstream_t stream, unsigned col)
+{
+ int needed = col - __argp_fmtstream_point (stream);
+ while (needed-- > 0)
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' ');
+}
+
+/* Output to STREAM either a space, or a newline if there isn't room for at
+ least ENSURE characters before the right margin. */
+static void
+space (argp_fmtstream_t stream, size_t ensure)
+{
+ if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) + ensure
+ >= __argp_fmtstream_rmargin (stream))
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ else
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, ' ');
+}
+
+/* If the option REAL has an argument, we print it in using the printf
+ format REQ_FMT or OPT_FMT depending on whether it's a required or
+ optional argument. */
+static void
+arg (const struct argp_option *real, const char *req_fmt, const char *opt_fmt,
+ const char *domain, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+ if (real->arg)
+ {
+ if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, opt_fmt,
+ dgettext (domain, real->arg));
+ else
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, req_fmt,
+ dgettext (domain, real->arg));
+ }
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for hol_entry_help. */
+
+/* State used during the execution of hol_help. */
+struct hol_help_state
+{
+ /* PREV_ENTRY should contain the previous entry printed, or 0. */
+ struct hol_entry *prev_entry;
+
+ /* If an entry is in a different group from the previous one, and SEP_GROUPS
+ is true, then a blank line will be printed before any output. */
+ int sep_groups;
+
+ /* True if a duplicate option argument was suppressed (only ever set if
+ UPARAMS.dup_args is false). */
+ int suppressed_dup_arg;
+};
+
+/* Some state used while printing a help entry (used to communicate with
+ helper functions). See the doc for hol_entry_help for more info, as most
+ of the fields are copied from its arguments. */
+struct pentry_state
+{
+ const struct hol_entry *entry;
+ argp_fmtstream_t stream;
+ struct hol_help_state *hhstate;
+
+ /* True if nothing's been printed so far. */
+ int first;
+
+ /* If non-zero, the state that was used to print this help. */
+ const struct argp_state *state;
+};
+
+/* If a user doc filter should be applied to DOC, do so. */
+static const char *
+filter_doc (const char *doc, int key, const struct argp *argp,
+ const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+ if (argp->help_filter)
+ /* We must apply a user filter to this output. */
+ {
+ void *input = __argp_input (argp, state);
+ return (*argp->help_filter) (key, doc, input);
+ }
+ else
+ /* No filter. */
+ return doc;
+}
+
+/* Prints STR as a header line, with the margin lines set appropriately, and
+ notes the fact that groups should be separated with a blank line. ARGP is
+ the argp that should dictate any user doc filtering to take place. Note
+ that the previous wrap margin isn't restored, but the left margin is reset
+ to 0. */
+static void
+print_header (const char *str, const struct argp *argp,
+ struct pentry_state *pest)
+{
+ const char *tstr = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, str);
+ const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER, argp, pest->state);
+
+ if (fstr)
+ {
+ if (*fstr)
+ {
+ if (pest->hhstate->prev_entry)
+ /* Precede with a blank line. */
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
+ indent_to (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, uparams.header_col);
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, fstr);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (pest->stream, 0);
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
+ }
+
+ pest->hhstate->sep_groups = 1; /* Separate subsequent groups. */
+ }
+
+ if (fstr != tstr)
+ free ((char *) fstr);
+}
+
+/* Inserts a comma if this isn't the first item on the line, and then makes
+ sure we're at least to column COL. If this *is* the first item on a line,
+ prints any pending whitespace/headers that should precede this line. Also
+ clears FIRST. */
+static void
+comma (unsigned col, struct pentry_state *pest)
+{
+ if (pest->first)
+ {
+ const struct hol_entry *pe = pest->hhstate->prev_entry;
+ const struct hol_cluster *cl = pest->entry->cluster;
+
+ if (pest->hhstate->sep_groups && pe && pest->entry->group != pe->group)
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (pest->stream, '\n');
+
+ if (cl && cl->header && *cl->header
+ && (!pe
+ || (pe->cluster != cl
+ && !hol_cluster_is_child (pe->cluster, cl))))
+ /* If we're changing clusters, then this must be the start of the
+ ENTRY's cluster unless that is an ancestor of the previous one
+ (in which case we had just popped into a sub-cluster for a bit).
+ If so, then print the cluster's header line. */
+ {
+ int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (pest->stream);
+ print_header (cl->header, cl->argp, pest);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (pest->stream, old_wm);
+ }
+
+ pest->first = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (pest->stream, ", ");
+
+ indent_to (pest->stream, col);
+}
+
+/* Print help for ENTRY to STREAM. */
+static void
+hol_entry_help (struct hol_entry *entry, const struct argp_state *state,
+ argp_fmtstream_t stream, struct hol_help_state *hhstate)
+{
+ unsigned num;
+ const struct argp_option *real = entry->opt, *opt;
+ char *so = entry->short_options;
+ int have_long_opt = 0; /* We have any long options. */
+ /* Saved margins. */
+ int old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
+ int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_wmargin (stream);
+ /* PEST is a state block holding some of our variables that we'd like to
+ share with helper functions. */
+ struct pentry_state pest;
+
+ pest.entry = entry;
+ pest.stream = stream;
+ pest.hhstate = hhstate;
+ pest.first = 1;
+ pest.state = state;
+
+ if (! odoc (real))
+ for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+ if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+ {
+ have_long_opt = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* First emit short options. */
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.short_opt_col); /* For truly bizarre cases. */
+ for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+ if (oshort (opt) && opt->key == *so)
+ /* OPT has a valid (non shadowed) short option. */
+ {
+ if (ovisible (opt))
+ {
+ comma (uparams.short_opt_col, &pest);
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '-');
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, *so);
+ if (!have_long_opt || uparams.dup_args)
+ arg (real, " %s", "[%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain, stream);
+ else if (real->arg)
+ hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1;
+ }
+ so++;
+ }
+
+ /* Now, long options. */
+ if (odoc (real))
+ /* A "documentation" option. */
+ {
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.doc_opt_col);
+ for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+ if (opt->name && *opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+ {
+ comma (uparams.doc_opt_col, &pest);
+ /* Calling dgettext here isn't quite right, since sorting will
+ have been done on the original; but documentation options
+ should be pretty rare anyway... */
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream,
+ onotrans (opt) ?
+ opt->name :
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ opt->name));
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* A real long option. */
+ {
+ int first_long_opt = 1;
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.long_opt_col);
+ for (opt = real, num = entry->num; num > 0; opt++, num--)
+ if (opt->name && ovisible (opt))
+ {
+ comma (uparams.long_opt_col, &pest);
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "--%s", opt->name);
+ if (first_long_opt || uparams.dup_args)
+ arg (real, "=%s", "[=%s]", state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ stream);
+ else if (real->arg)
+ hhstate->suppressed_dup_arg = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Next, documentation strings. */
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
+
+ if (pest.first)
+ {
+ /* Didn't print any switches, what's up? */
+ if (!oshort (real) && !real->name)
+ /* This is a group header, print it nicely. */
+ print_header (real->doc, entry->argp, &pest);
+ else
+ /* Just a totally shadowed option or null header; print nothing. */
+ goto cleanup; /* Just return, after cleaning up. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const char *tstr = real->doc ? dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ real->doc) : 0;
+ const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, real->key, entry->argp, state);
+ if (fstr && *fstr)
+ {
+ unsigned int col = __argp_fmtstream_point (stream);
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
+
+ if (col > (unsigned int) (uparams.opt_doc_col + 3))
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ else if (col >= (unsigned int) uparams.opt_doc_col)
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, " ");
+ else
+ indent_to (stream, uparams.opt_doc_col);
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr);
+ }
+ if (fstr && fstr != tstr)
+ free ((char *) fstr);
+
+ /* Reset the left margin. */
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, 0);
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ }
+
+ hhstate->prev_entry = entry;
+
+cleanup:
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (stream, old_lm);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (stream, old_wm);
+}
+
+/* Output a long help message about the options in HOL to STREAM. */
+static void
+hol_help (struct hol *hol, const struct argp_state *state,
+ argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+ unsigned num;
+ struct hol_entry *entry;
+ struct hol_help_state hhstate = { 0, 0, 0 };
+
+ for (entry = hol->entries, num = hol->num_entries; num > 0; entry++, num--)
+ hol_entry_help (entry, state, stream, &hhstate);
+
+ if (hhstate.suppressed_dup_arg && uparams.dup_args_note)
+ {
+ const char *tstr = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain, "\
+Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or \
+optional for any corresponding short options.");
+ const char *fstr = filter_doc (tstr, ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE,
+ state ? state->root_argp : 0, state);
+ if (fstr && *fstr)
+ {
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, fstr);
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ }
+ if (fstr && fstr != tstr)
+ free ((char *) fstr);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for hol_usage. */
+
+/* If OPT is a short option without an arg, append its key to the string
+ pointer pointer to by COOKIE, and advance the pointer. */
+static int
+add_argless_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
+ const struct argp_option *real,
+ const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+ char **snao_end = cookie;
+ if (!(opt->arg || real->arg)
+ && !((opt->flags | real->flags) & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
+ *(*snao_end)++ = opt->key;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* If OPT is a short option with an arg, output a usage entry for it to the
+ stream pointed at by COOKIE. */
+static int
+usage_argful_short_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
+ const struct argp_option *real,
+ const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+ argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie;
+ const char *arg = opt->arg;
+ int flags = opt->flags | real->flags;
+
+ if (! arg)
+ arg = real->arg;
+
+ if (arg && !(flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE))
+ {
+ arg = dgettext (domain, arg);
+
+ if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%c[%s]]", opt->key, arg);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't
+ get wrapped at the embedded space. */
+ space (stream, 6 + strlen (arg));
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, "[-%c %s]", opt->key, arg);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Output a usage entry for the long option opt to the stream pointed at by
+ COOKIE. */
+static int
+usage_long_opt (const struct argp_option *opt,
+ const struct argp_option *real,
+ const char *domain, void *cookie)
+{
+ argp_fmtstream_t stream = cookie;
+ const char *arg = opt->arg;
+ int flags = opt->flags | real->flags;
+
+ if (! arg)
+ arg = real->arg;
+
+ if (! (flags & OPTION_NO_USAGE) && !odoc (opt))
+ {
+ if (arg)
+ {
+ arg = dgettext (domain, arg);
+ if (flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s[=%s]]", opt->name, arg);
+ else
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s=%s]", opt->name, arg);
+ }
+ else
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [--%s]", opt->name);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Print a short usage description for the arguments in HOL to STREAM. */
+static void
+hol_usage (struct hol *hol, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+ if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+ {
+ unsigned nentries;
+ struct hol_entry *entry;
+ char *short_no_arg_opts = alloca (strlen (hol->short_options) + 1);
+ char *snao_end = short_no_arg_opts;
+
+ /* First we put a list of short options without arguments. */
+ for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
+ ; nentries > 0
+ ; entry++, nentries--)
+ hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, add_argless_short_opt,
+ entry->argp->argp_domain, &snao_end);
+ if (snao_end > short_no_arg_opts)
+ {
+ *snao_end++ = 0;
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (stream, " [-%s]", short_no_arg_opts);
+ }
+
+ /* Now a list of short options *with* arguments. */
+ for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
+ ; nentries > 0
+ ; entry++, nentries--)
+ hol_entry_short_iterate (entry, usage_argful_short_opt,
+ entry->argp->argp_domain, stream);
+
+ /* Finally, a list of long options (whew!). */
+ for (entry = hol->entries, nentries = hol->num_entries
+ ; nentries > 0
+ ; entry++, nentries--)
+ hol_entry_long_iterate (entry, usage_long_opt,
+ entry->argp->argp_domain, stream);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Make a HOL containing all levels of options in ARGP. CLUSTER is the
+ cluster in which ARGP's entries should be clustered, or 0. */
+static struct hol *
+argp_hol (const struct argp *argp, struct hol_cluster *cluster)
+{
+ const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+ struct hol *hol = make_hol (argp, cluster);
+ if (child)
+ while (child->argp)
+ {
+ struct hol_cluster *child_cluster =
+ ((child->group || child->header)
+ /* Put CHILD->argp within its own cluster. */
+ ? hol_add_cluster (hol, child->group, child->header,
+ child - argp->children, cluster, argp)
+ /* Just merge it into the parent's cluster. */
+ : cluster);
+ hol_append (hol, argp_hol (child->argp, child_cluster)) ;
+ child++;
+ }
+ return hol;
+}
+
+/* Calculate how many different levels with alternative args strings exist in
+ ARGP. */
+static size_t
+argp_args_levels (const struct argp *argp)
+{
+ size_t levels = 0;
+ const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+
+ if (argp->args_doc && strchr (argp->args_doc, '\n'))
+ levels++;
+
+ if (child)
+ while (child->argp)
+ levels += argp_args_levels ((child++)->argp);
+
+ return levels;
+}
+
+/* Print all the non-option args documented in ARGP to STREAM. Any output is
+ preceded by a space. LEVELS is a pointer to a byte vector the length
+ returned by argp_args_levels; it should be initialized to zero, and
+ updated by this routine for the next call if ADVANCE is true. True is
+ returned as long as there are more patterns to output. */
+static int
+argp_args_usage (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state,
+ char **levels, int advance, argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+ char *our_level = *levels;
+ int multiple = 0;
+ const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+ const char *tdoc = dgettext (argp->argp_domain, argp->args_doc), *nl = 0;
+ const char *fdoc = filter_doc (tdoc, ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC, argp, state);
+
+ if (fdoc)
+ {
+ const char *cp = fdoc;
+ nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n');
+ if (*nl != '\0')
+ /* This is a "multi-level" args doc; advance to the correct position
+ as determined by our state in LEVELS, and update LEVELS. */
+ {
+ int i;
+ multiple = 1;
+ for (i = 0; i < *our_level; i++)
+ cp = nl + 1, nl = __strchrnul (cp, '\n');
+ (*levels)++;
+ }
+
+ /* Manually do line wrapping so that it (probably) won't get wrapped at
+ any embedded spaces. */
+ space (stream, 1 + nl - cp);
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_write (stream, cp, nl - cp);
+ }
+ if (fdoc && fdoc != tdoc)
+ free ((char *)fdoc); /* Free user's modified doc string. */
+
+ if (child)
+ while (child->argp)
+ advance = !argp_args_usage ((child++)->argp, state, levels, advance, stream);
+
+ if (advance && multiple)
+ {
+ /* Need to increment our level. */
+ if (*nl)
+ /* There's more we can do here. */
+ {
+ (*our_level)++;
+ advance = 0; /* Our parent shouldn't advance also. */
+ }
+ else if (*our_level > 0)
+ /* We had multiple levels, but used them up; reset to zero. */
+ *our_level = 0;
+ }
+
+ return !advance;
+}
+
+/* Print the documentation for ARGP to STREAM; if POST is false, then
+ everything preceding a '\v' character in the documentation strings (or
+ the whole string, for those with none) is printed, otherwise, everything
+ following the '\v' character (nothing for strings without). Each separate
+ bit of documentation is separated a blank line, and if PRE_BLANK is true,
+ then the first is as well. If FIRST_ONLY is true, only the first
+ occurrence is output. Returns true if anything was output. */
+static int
+argp_doc (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state,
+ int post, int pre_blank, int first_only,
+ argp_fmtstream_t stream)
+{
+ const char *text;
+ const char *inp_text;
+ size_t inp_text_len = 0;
+ const char *trans_text;
+ void *input = 0;
+ int anything = 0;
+ const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+
+ if (argp->doc)
+ {
+ char *vt = strchr (argp->doc, '\v');
+ if (vt)
+ {
+ if (post)
+ inp_text = vt + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ inp_text_len = vt - argp->doc;
+ inp_text = __strndup (argp->doc, inp_text_len);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ inp_text = post ? 0 : argp->doc;
+ trans_text = inp_text ? dgettext (argp->argp_domain, inp_text) : NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ trans_text = inp_text = 0;
+
+ if (argp->help_filter)
+ /* We have to filter the doc strings. */
+ {
+ input = __argp_input (argp, state);
+ text =
+ (*argp->help_filter) (post
+ ? ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC
+ : ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC,
+ trans_text, input);
+ }
+ else
+ text = (const char *) trans_text;
+
+ if (text)
+ {
+ if (pre_blank)
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text);
+
+ if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream) > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream))
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+
+ anything = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (text && text != trans_text)
+ free ((char *) text); /* Free TEXT returned from the help filter. */
+
+ if (inp_text && inp_text_len)
+ free ((char *) inp_text); /* We copied INP_TEXT, so free it now. */
+
+ if (post && argp->help_filter)
+ /* Now see if we have to output an ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA text. */
+ {
+ text = (*argp->help_filter) (ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA, 0, input);
+ if (text)
+ {
+ if (anything || pre_blank)
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (stream, text);
+ free ((char *) text);
+ if (__argp_fmtstream_point (stream)
+ > __argp_fmtstream_lmargin (stream))
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (stream, '\n');
+ anything = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (child)
+ while (child->argp && !(first_only && anything))
+ anything |=
+ argp_doc ((child++)->argp, state,
+ post, anything || pre_blank, first_only,
+ stream);
+
+ return anything;
+}
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. If called from
+ argp_state_help, STATE is the relevant parsing state. FLAGS are from the
+ set ARGP_HELP_*. NAME is what to use wherever a "program name" is
+ needed. */
+static void
+_help (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream,
+ unsigned flags, char *name)
+{
+ int anything = 0; /* Whether we've output anything. */
+ struct hol *hol = 0;
+ argp_fmtstream_t fs;
+
+ if (! stream)
+ return;
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __flockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+ if (! uparams.valid)
+ fill_in_uparams (state);
+
+ fs = __argp_make_fmtstream (stream, 0, uparams.rmargin, 0);
+ if (! fs)
+ {
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG))
+ {
+ hol = argp_hol (argp, 0);
+
+ /* If present, these options always come last. */
+ hol_set_group (hol, "help", -1);
+ hol_set_group (hol, "version", -1);
+
+ hol_sort (hol);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & (ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE))
+ /* Print a short "Usage:" message. */
+ {
+ int first_pattern = 1, more_patterns;
+ size_t num_pattern_levels = argp_args_levels (argp);
+ char *pattern_levels = alloca (num_pattern_levels);
+
+ memset (pattern_levels, 0, num_pattern_levels);
+
+ do
+ {
+ int old_lm;
+ int old_wm = __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent);
+ char *levels = pattern_levels;
+
+ if (first_pattern)
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s",
+ dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "Usage:"),
+ name);
+ else
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, "%s %s",
+ dgettext (argp->argp_domain, " or: "),
+ name);
+
+ /* We set the lmargin as well as the wmargin, because hol_usage
+ manually wraps options with newline to avoid annoying breaks. */
+ old_lm = __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, uparams.usage_indent);
+
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE)
+ /* Just show where the options go. */
+ {
+ if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+ __argp_fmtstream_puts (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain,
+ " [OPTION...]"));
+ }
+ else
+ /* Actually print the options. */
+ {
+ hol_usage (hol, fs);
+ flags |= ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE; /* But only do so once. */
+ }
+
+ more_patterns = argp_args_usage (argp, state, &levels, 1, fs);
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (fs, old_wm);
+ __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (fs, old_lm);
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
+ anything = 1;
+
+ first_pattern = 0;
+ }
+ while (more_patterns);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC)
+ anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 0, 0, 1, fs);
+
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_SEE)
+ {
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain, "\
+Try '%s --help' or '%s --usage' for more information.\n"),
+ name, name);
+ anything = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_LONG)
+ /* Print a long, detailed help message. */
+ {
+ /* Print info about all the options. */
+ if (hol->num_entries > 0)
+ {
+ if (anything)
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
+ hol_help (hol, state, fs);
+ anything = 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
+ /* Print any documentation strings at the end. */
+ anything |= argp_doc (argp, state, 1, anything, 0, fs);
+
+ if ((flags & ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR) && argp_program_bug_address)
+ {
+ if (anything)
+ __argp_fmtstream_putc (fs, '\n');
+ __argp_fmtstream_printf (fs, dgettext (argp->argp_domain,
+ "Report bugs to %s.\n"),
+ argp_program_bug_address);
+ anything = 1;
+ }
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+ if (hol)
+ hol_free (hol);
+
+ __argp_fmtstream_free (fs);
+}
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
+ ARGP_HELP_*. NAME is what to use wherever a "program name" is needed. */
+void __argp_help (const struct argp *argp, FILE *stream,
+ unsigned flags, char *name)
+{
+ struct argp_state state;
+ memset (&state, 0, sizeof state);
+ state.root_argp = argp;
+ _help (argp, &state, stream, flags, name);
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_help, argp_help)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME)
+char *
+__argp_short_program_name (void)
+{
+# if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+ return __argp_base_name (program_invocation_name);
+# else
+ /* FIXME: What now? Miles suggests that it is better to use NULL,
+ but currently the value is passed on directly to fputs_unlocked,
+ so that requires more changes. */
+# if __GNUC__
+# warning No reasonable value to return
+# endif /* __GNUC__ */
+ return "";
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
+ from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
+void
+__argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *state, FILE *stream, unsigned flags)
+{
+ if ((!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)) && stream)
+ {
+ if (state && (state->flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY))
+ flags |= ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY;
+
+ _help (state ? state->root_argp : 0, state, stream, flags,
+ state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ());
+
+ if (!state || ! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
+ {
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+ exit (argp_err_exit_status);
+ if (flags & ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK)
+ exit (0);
+ }
+ }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_state_help, argp_state_help)
+#endif
+
+/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
+ by the program name and ':', to stderr, and followed by a "Try ... --help"
+ message, then exit (1). */
+void
+__argp_error (const struct argp_state *state, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+ {
+ FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr;
+
+ if (stream)
+ {
+ va_list ap;
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __flockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+ va_start (ap, fmt);
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+ {
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, fmt, ap) < 0)
+ buf = NULL;
+
+ __fwprintf (stream, L"%s: %s\n",
+ state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (),
+ buf);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ fputs_unlocked (state
+ ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (),
+ stream);
+ putc_unlocked (':', stream);
+ putc_unlocked (' ', stream);
+
+ vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap);
+
+ putc_unlocked ('\n', stream);
+ }
+
+ __argp_state_help (state, stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
+
+ va_end (ap);
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_error, argp_error)
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
+ respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
+ to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
+ shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
+ option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
+ difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
+ *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
+ parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
+void
+__argp_failure (const struct argp_state *state, int status, int errnum,
+ const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ if (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+ {
+ FILE *stream = state ? state->err_stream : stderr;
+
+ if (stream)
+ {
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __flockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stream, L"%s",
+ state ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name ());
+ else
+#endif
+ fputs_unlocked (state
+ ? state->name : __argp_short_program_name (),
+ stream);
+
+ if (fmt)
+ {
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start (ap, fmt);
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+ {
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, fmt, ap) < 0)
+ buf = NULL;
+
+ __fwprintf (stream, L": %s", buf);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ putc_unlocked (':', stream);
+ putc_unlocked (' ', stream);
+
+ vfprintf (stream, fmt, ap);
+ }
+
+ va_end (ap);
+ }
+
+ if (errnum)
+ {
+ char buf[200];
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+ __fwprintf (stream, L": %s",
+ __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof (buf)));
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ char const *s = NULL;
+ putc_unlocked (':', stream);
+ putc_unlocked (' ', stream);
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P && !defined strerror_r)
+ s = __strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf);
+#elif HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+ if (__strerror_r (errnum, buf, sizeof buf) == 0)
+ s = buf;
+#endif
+#if !_LIBC
+ if (! s && ! (s = strerror (errnum)))
+ s = dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ "Unknown system error");
+#endif
+ fputs (s, stream);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (_IO_fwide (stream, 0) > 0)
+ putwc_unlocked (L'\n', stream);
+ else
+#endif
+ putc_unlocked ('\n', stream);
+
+#if _LIBC || (HAVE_FLOCKFILE && HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE)
+ __funlockfile (stream);
+#endif
+
+ if (status && (!state || !(state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT)))
+ exit (status);
+ }
+ }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_failure, argp_failure)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-namefrob.h b/lib/argp-namefrob.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6df978af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-namefrob.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
+ Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
+ namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those
+ names to be the normal ones instead. */
+
+/* argp-parse functions */
+#undef __argp_parse
+#define __argp_parse argp_parse
+#undef __option_is_end
+#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
+#undef __option_is_short
+#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
+#undef __argp_input
+#define __argp_input _argp_input
+
+/* argp-help functions */
+#undef __argp_help
+#define __argp_help argp_help
+#undef __argp_error
+#define __argp_error argp_error
+#undef __argp_failure
+#define __argp_failure argp_failure
+#undef __argp_state_help
+#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
+#undef __argp_usage
+#define __argp_usage argp_usage
+
+/* argp-fmtstream functions */
+#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
+#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
+#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
+#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
+#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
+#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
+#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
+#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
+#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
+#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
+
+/* normal libc functions we call */
+#undef __flockfile
+#define __flockfile flockfile
+#undef __funlockfile
+#define __funlockfile funlockfile
+#undef __mempcpy
+#define __mempcpy mempcpy
+#undef __sleep
+#define __sleep sleep
+#undef __strcasecmp
+#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
+#undef __strchrnul
+#define __strchrnul strchrnul
+#undef __strerror_r
+#define __strerror_r strerror_r
+#undef __strndup
+#define __strndup strndup
+#undef __vsnprintf
+#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
+
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+#endif
+#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !_LIBC */
+
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
+#endif
+
+#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
+# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
+#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
+extern char *__argp_base_name (const char *arg);
+#else
+# include "dirname.h"
+# define __argp_base_name last_component
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name)
+#else
+extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-parse.c b/lib/argp-parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bbb14578
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
+/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt
+ Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
+ INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#include "argp.h"
+#include "argp-namefrob.h"
+
+#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
+
+/* Getopt return values. */
+#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */
+#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */
+#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */
+
+/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
+ as options. */
+#define QUOTE "--"
+
+/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */
+#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
+
+/* The number of bits available for the user value. */
+#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
+#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
+
+/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */
+#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
+
+/* Default options. */
+
+/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
+ for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus
+ you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
+ it to 0 yourself. */
+static volatile int _argp_hang;
+
+#define OPT_PROGNAME -2
+#define OPT_USAGE -3
+#define OPT_HANG -4
+
+static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
+{
+ {"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1},
+ {"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
+ {"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
+ {"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
+ N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
+ {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static error_t
+argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+ switch (key)
+ {
+ case '?':
+ __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
+ break;
+ case OPT_USAGE:
+ __argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
+ ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
+ break;
+
+ case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+ program_invocation_name = arg;
+#endif
+ /* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
+ __PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
+ to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */
+
+ /* Update what we use for messages. */
+ state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+ program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
+#endif
+
+ if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
+ == ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
+ /* Update what getopt uses too. */
+ state->argv[0] = arg;
+
+ break;
+
+ case OPT_HANG:
+ _argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
+ while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
+ __sleep (1);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ return EBADKEY;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
+ {argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
+
+
+static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
+{
+ {"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1},
+ {NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
+};
+
+static error_t
+argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
+{
+ switch (key)
+ {
+ case 'V':
+ if (argp_program_version_hook)
+ (*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
+ else if (argp_program_version)
+ fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
+ else
+ __argp_error (state, "%s",
+ dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
+ "(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
+ if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
+ exit (0);
+ break;
+ default:
+ return EBADKEY;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
+ {argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
+
+/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
+ long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as
+ NAME will return the number of options. */
+static int
+find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
+{
+ struct option *l = long_options;
+ while (l->name != NULL)
+ if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
+ return l - long_options;
+ else
+ l++;
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return l - long_options;
+ else
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* The state of a "group" during parsing. Each group corresponds to a
+ particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
+ level argp passed to argp_parse. */
+struct group
+{
+ /* This group's parsing function. */
+ argp_parser_t parser;
+
+ /* Which argp this group is from. */
+ const struct argp *argp;
+
+ /* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
+ options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a
+ particular short options is from. */
+ char *short_end;
+
+ /* The number of non-option args successfully handled by this parser. */
+ unsigned args_processed;
+
+ /* This group's parser's parent's group. */
+ struct group *parent;
+ unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */
+
+ /* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
+ calling this group's parser. */
+ void *input, **child_inputs;
+ void *hook;
+};
+
+/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
+ from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has
+ no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */
+static error_t
+group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
+{
+ if (group->parser)
+ {
+ error_t err;
+ state->hook = group->hook;
+ state->input = group->input;
+ state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
+ state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
+ err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
+ group->hook = state->hook;
+ return err;
+ }
+ else
+ return EBADKEY;
+}
+
+struct parser
+{
+ const struct argp *argp;
+
+ /* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
+ groups of options. */
+ char *short_opts;
+ /* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
+ all the groups of options. */
+ struct option *long_opts;
+ /* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */
+ struct _getopt_data opt_data;
+
+ /* States of the various parsing groups. */
+ struct group *groups;
+ /* The end of the GROUPS array. */
+ struct group *egroup;
+ /* A vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */
+ void **child_inputs;
+
+ /* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
+ remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is
+ cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
+ moves the next argument pointer backwards. */
+ int try_getopt;
+
+ /* State block supplied to parsing routines. */
+ struct argp_state state;
+
+ /* Memory used by this parser. */
+ void *storage;
+};
+
+/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
+ convert_options. */
+struct parser_convert_state
+{
+ struct parser *parser;
+ char *short_end;
+ struct option *long_end;
+ void **child_inputs_end;
+};
+
+/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
+ into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
+ CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the
+ next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */
+static struct group *
+convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
+ struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
+ struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
+{
+ /* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */
+ const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
+ const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
+
+ if (real || argp->parser)
+ {
+ const struct argp_option *opt;
+
+ if (real)
+ for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
+ {
+ if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
+ /* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */
+ real = opt;
+
+ if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
+ /* A real option (not just documentation). */
+ {
+ if (__option_is_short (opt))
+ /* OPT can be used as a short option. */
+ {
+ *cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
+ if (real->arg)
+ {
+ *cvt->short_end++ = ':';
+ if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
+ *cvt->short_end++ = ':';
+ }
+ *cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
+ }
+
+ if (opt->name
+ && find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
+ /* OPT can be used as a long option. */
+ {
+ cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
+ cvt->long_end->has_arg =
+ (real->arg
+ ? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
+ ? optional_argument
+ : required_argument)
+ : no_argument);
+ cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
+ /* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
+ values (which is removed before we actually call
+ the function to parse the value); this means that
+ the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
+ values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
+ however)... */
+ cvt->long_end->val =
+ ((opt->key ? opt->key : real->key) & USER_MASK)
+ + (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
+
+ /* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */
+ (++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ group->parser = argp->parser;
+ group->argp = argp;
+ group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
+ group->args_processed = 0;
+ group->parent = parent;
+ group->parent_index = parent_index;
+ group->input = 0;
+ group->hook = 0;
+ group->child_inputs = 0;
+
+ if (children)
+ /* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
+ CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
+ {
+ unsigned num_children = 0;
+ while (children[num_children].argp)
+ num_children++;
+ group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
+ cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
+ }
+
+ parent = group++;
+ }
+ else
+ parent = 0;
+
+ if (children)
+ {
+ unsigned index = 0;
+ while (children->argp)
+ group =
+ convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
+ }
+
+ return group;
+}
+
+/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropriately prefixed. */
+static void
+parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
+{
+ struct parser_convert_state cvt;
+
+ cvt.parser = parser;
+ cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
+ cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
+ cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
+
+ if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
+ *cvt.short_end++ = '-';
+ else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
+ *cvt.short_end++ = '+';
+ *cvt.short_end = '\0';
+
+ cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
+
+ parser->argp = argp;
+
+ if (argp)
+ parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
+ else
+ parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
+}
+
+/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */
+struct parser_sizes
+{
+ size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */
+ size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */
+ size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */
+ size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */
+};
+
+/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
+ argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
+ the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
+ long-options array, respectively. */
+static void
+calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs)
+{
+ const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
+ const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
+
+ if (opt || argp->parser)
+ {
+ szs->num_groups++;
+ if (opt)
+ {
+ int num_opts = 0;
+ while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
+ num_opts++;
+ szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 ':'s */
+ szs->long_len += num_opts;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (child)
+ while (child->argp)
+ {
+ calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
+ szs->num_child_inputs++;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */
+static error_t
+parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
+ int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
+{
+ error_t err = 0;
+ struct group *group;
+ struct parser_sizes szs;
+ struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
+ char *storage;
+ size_t glen, gsum;
+ size_t clen, csum;
+ size_t llen, lsum;
+ size_t slen, ssum;
+
+ szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
+ szs.long_len = 0;
+ szs.num_groups = 0;
+ szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
+
+ if (argp)
+ calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
+
+ /* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */
+ glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
+ clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
+ llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
+ slen = szs.short_len + 1;
+
+ /* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to
+ align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
+ void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need
+ to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
+ strictly as char. */
+ gsum = glen;
+ csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
+ lsum = csum + llen;
+ ssum = lsum + slen;
+
+ parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
+ if (! parser->storage)
+ return ENOMEM;
+
+ storage = parser->storage;
+ parser->groups = parser->storage;
+ parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
+ parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
+ parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
+ parser->opt_data = opt_data;
+
+ memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
+ parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
+
+ memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
+ parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
+ parser->state.argc = argc;
+ parser->state.argv = argv;
+ parser->state.flags = flags;
+ parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
+ parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
+ parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */
+ parser->state.pstate = parser;
+
+ parser->try_getopt = 1;
+
+ /* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
+ values to child parsers. */
+ if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
+ parser->groups->input = input;
+ for (group = parser->groups;
+ group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
+ group++)
+ {
+ if (group->parent)
+ /* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
+ group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
+
+ if (!group->parser
+ && group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
+ /* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
+ argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
+ makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */
+ group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
+
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
+ }
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
+
+ if (err)
+ return err;
+
+ if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
+ {
+ parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
+ if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
+ /* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long
+ as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */
+ parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
+ }
+ else
+ parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */
+
+ if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
+ /* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */
+ parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
+ else
+ parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */
+static error_t
+parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
+ error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
+{
+ struct group *group;
+
+ if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
+ /* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */
+ err = 0;
+
+ if (! err)
+ {
+ if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
+ /* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again,
+ just a few more times... */
+ {
+ for (group = parser->groups;
+ group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
+ group++)
+ if (group->args_processed == 0)
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
+ for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
+ group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
+ group--)
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
+
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
+
+ /* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */
+ if (end_index)
+ *end_index = parser->state.next;
+ }
+ else if (end_index)
+ /* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */
+ *end_index = parser->state.next;
+ else
+ /* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
+ {
+ if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
+ && parser->state.err_stream)
+ fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
+ dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
+ "%s: Too many arguments\n"),
+ parser->state.name);
+ err = EBADKEY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
+ to indicate which one. */
+
+ if (err)
+ {
+ /* Maybe print an error message. */
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ /* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
+ been printed earlier. */
+ __argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
+ ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
+
+ /* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */
+ for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+ group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ /* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */
+ {
+ /* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
+ given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
+ the parent. */
+ for (group = parser->egroup - 1
+ ; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
+ ; group--)
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
+ }
+
+ /* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */
+ for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
+ group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
+
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ err = EINVAL;
+
+ free (parser->storage);
+
+ return err;
+}
+
+/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
+ position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
+ been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
+ adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
+ consumed. */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
+{
+ /* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
+ we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */
+ int index = --parser->state.next;
+ error_t err = EBADKEY;
+ struct group *group;
+ int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */
+
+ /* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */
+ for (group = parser->groups
+ ; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
+ ; group++)
+ {
+ parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */
+ key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
+
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ /* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
+ {
+ parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */
+ key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (! err)
+ {
+ if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
+ /* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
+ changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
+ consumed. */
+ parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
+
+ if (parser->state.next > index)
+ /* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
+ argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
+ the clock back. */
+ (--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
+ else
+ /* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */
+ parser->try_getopt = 1;
+ }
+
+ return err;
+}
+
+/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
+ current position, returning any error. */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
+{
+ /* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
+ group_number + 1 for long opts. */
+ int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
+ error_t err = EBADKEY;
+
+ if (group_key == 0)
+ /* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
+ various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
+ determine which group OPT came from. */
+ {
+ struct group *group;
+ char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
+
+ if (short_index)
+ for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+ if (group->short_end > short_index)
+ {
+ err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
+ parser->opt_data.optarg);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ /* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
+ the user value in order to preserve the sign. */
+ err =
+ group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
+ (opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
+ parser->opt_data.optarg);
+
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ /* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
+ parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
+ with each option. */
+ {
+ static const char bad_key_err[] =
+ N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
+ if (group_key == 0)
+ __argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
+ dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
+ else
+ {
+ struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
+ while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
+ long_opt++;
+ __argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
+ long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
+ dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return err;
+}
+
+/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
+ Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
+ whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
+ generally not fatal). */
+static error_t
+parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
+{
+ int opt;
+ error_t err = 0;
+
+ if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
+ /* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
+ region, so pretend we never saw the quoting "--", and give getopt
+ another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
+ process it again. */
+ parser->state.quoted = 0;
+
+ if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
+ /* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */
+ {
+ /* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */
+ parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
+ /* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */
+ parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
+ if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
+ opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
+ parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
+ &parser->opt_data);
+ else
+ opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
+ parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
+ &parser->opt_data);
+ /* And see what getopt did. */
+ parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
+
+ if (opt == KEY_END)
+ /* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
+ getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */
+ {
+ parser->try_getopt = 0;
+ if (parser->state.next > 1
+ && strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
+ == 0)
+ /* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
+ "quoted" region, which may have args that *look* like
+ options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
+ here, whatever happens. */
+ parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
+ }
+ else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
+ /* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
+ option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
+ to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */
+ {
+ *arg_ebadkey = 0;
+ return EBADKEY;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ opt = KEY_END;
+
+ if (opt == KEY_END)
+ {
+ /* We're past what getopt considers the options. */
+ if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
+ || (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
+ /* Indicate that we're done. */
+ {
+ *arg_ebadkey = 1;
+ return EBADKEY;
+ }
+ else
+ /* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */
+ {
+ opt = KEY_ARG;
+ parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (opt == KEY_ARG)
+ /* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */
+ err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
+ else
+ err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
+
+ if (err == EBADKEY)
+ *arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
+
+ return err;
+}
+
+/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
+ FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
+ index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
+ unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
+ returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */
+error_t
+__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
+ int *end_index, void *input)
+{
+ error_t err;
+ struct parser parser;
+
+ /* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
+ to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */
+ int arg_ebadkey = 0;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+ if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
+ {
+#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+ if (!program_invocation_name)
+ program_invocation_name = argv[0];
+#endif
+#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+ if (!program_invocation_short_name)
+ program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
+#endif
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
+ /* Add our own options. */
+ {
+ struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
+ struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
+
+ /* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
+ argps. */
+ memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
+ top_argp->children = child;
+
+ memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
+
+ if (argp)
+ (child++)->argp = argp;
+ (child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
+ if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
+ (child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
+ child->argp = 0;
+
+ argp = top_argp;
+ }
+
+ /* Construct a parser for these arguments. */
+ err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
+
+ if (! err)
+ /* Parse! */
+ {
+ while (! err)
+ err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
+ err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
+ }
+
+ return err;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
+#endif
+
+/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
+ by the help routines. */
+void *
+__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
+{
+ if (state)
+ {
+ struct group *group;
+ struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
+
+ for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
+ if (group->argp == argp)
+ return group->input;
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-pin.c b/lib/argp-pin.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aab816051
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-pin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Full and short program names for argp module
+ Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+char *program_invocation_name = 0;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp-pv.c b/lib/argp-pv.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a615e7ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-pv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
+ Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
+ --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
+ print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
+ ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
+const char *argp_program_version
+/* This variable should be zero-initialized. On most systems, putting it into
+ BSS is sufficient. Not so on Mac OS X 10.3 and 10.4, see
+
+ . */
+#if defined __ELF__
+ /* On ELF systems, variables in BSS behave well. */
+#else
+ = (const char *) 0
+#endif
+ ;
diff --git a/lib/argp-pvh.c b/lib/argp-pvh.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5c858b3b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-pvh.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
+ Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 1999, 2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
+ --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
+ this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
+ current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
+ used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
+void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;
diff --git a/lib/argp-xinl.c b/lib/argp-xinl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d45fcb62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp-xinl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
+ Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2004, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
+# include
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1
+#endif
+#define ARGP_EI
+#undef __OPTIMIZE__
+#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
+#include "argp.h"
+
+/* Add weak aliases. */
+#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
+
+weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
+weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
+weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/argp.h b/lib/argp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0c68a61e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/argp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+/* Hierarchical argument parsing, layered over getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2003-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+ Written by Miles Bader .
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _ARGP_H
+#define _ARGP_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#define __need_error_t
+#include
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# define __THROW
+#endif
+#ifndef __NTH
+# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
+#endif
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+ The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+ accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+ We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+ gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+ the 'printf' function. */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+ "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+ Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+ 'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+# define __restrict restrict
+# else
+# define __restrict
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __error_t_defined
+typedef int error_t;
+# define __error_t_defined
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of
+ these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option
+ entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
+ names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
+ array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
+struct argp_option
+{
+ /* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you
+ can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
+ const char *name;
+
+ /* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's
+ also accepted as a short option. */
+ int key;
+
+ /* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
+ option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
+ const char *arg;
+
+ /* OPTION_ flags. */
+ int flags;
+
+ /* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
+ will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
+ useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
+ group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a ':'.
+
+ Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
+ it into a POT file. */
+ const char *doc;
+
+ /* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted
+ alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
+ 0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with
+ if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
+ zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
+ 0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic
+ options such as --help are put into group -1. */
+ int group;
+};
+
+/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */
+#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1
+
+/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */
+#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2
+
+/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This
+ means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
+ fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */
+#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4
+
+/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
+ actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
+ should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag
+ is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no '--'
+ prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
+ be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
+ field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
+ below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
+ ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not '-', this
+ entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
+ '-') in the same group. */
+#define OPTION_DOC 0x8
+
+/* This option shouldn't be included in "long" usage messages (but is still
+ included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are
+ completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
+ the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance,
+ if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the '-x' option's purpose is to
+ distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
+ OPTION_NO_USAGE. */
+#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10
+
+/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
+ of option name. */
+#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20
+
+
+struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */
+struct argp_state; /* " */
+struct argp_child; /* " */
+
+/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */
+typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
+ struct argp_state *state);
+
+/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
+ returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned
+ into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
+ back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
+ in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */
+#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */
+
+/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
+ ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
+
+ The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
+ uppercased word should be prefixed by 'ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
+
+ INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all
+ or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed
+ or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
+
+ The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
+ argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
+ unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
+ with an error message if not).
+
+ If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
+ function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
+ ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */
+
+/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a
+ parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
+ ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the
+ argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
+ passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
+ actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
+ processed again. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0
+/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
+ starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but
+ STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
+ otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
+ consumed. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006
+/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001
+/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
+ any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
+ successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before
+ ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
+ arguments can take place). */
+#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002
+/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each
+ element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
+ copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003
+/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007
+/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
+ still arguments remaining). */
+#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004
+/* Passed in if an error occurs. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005
+
+/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
+ deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
+ argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually
+ parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
+ structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
+ being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */
+struct argp
+{
+ /* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
+ NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */
+ const struct argp_option *options;
+
+ /* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key
+ associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
+ none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
+ returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
+ parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
+ argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
+ ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */
+ argp_parser_t parser;
+
+ /* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It
+ is only used by argp_usage to print the "Usage:" message. If it
+ contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
+ alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
+ the first are prefix by " or: " instead of "Usage:"). */
+ const char *args_doc;
+
+ /* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
+ after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
+ '\v' character).
+ Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
+ you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */
+ const char *doc;
+
+ /* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
+ argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any
+ conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
+ CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
+ their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
+ own. */
+ const struct argp_child *children;
+
+ /* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
+ messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
+ that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
+ defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function
+ should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
+ string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
+ meaning "print nothing". The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
+ has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
+ that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input
+ supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */
+ char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
+
+ /* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
+ the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed
+ default domain is used. */
+ const char *argp_domain;
+};
+
+/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceding options. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
+ TEXT is NULL for this key. */
+/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
+ suppressed. */
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
+#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */
+
+/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
+ argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */
+struct argp_child
+{
+ /* The child parser. */
+ const struct argp *argp;
+
+ /* Flags for this child. */
+ int flags;
+
+ /* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
+ child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
+ options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
+ printing a header string, use a value of "". */
+ const char *header;
+
+ /* Where to group the child options relative to the other ("consolidated")
+ options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
+ in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
+ a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
+ they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
+ (merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */
+ int group;
+};
+
+/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
+ which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */
+struct argp_state
+{
+ /* The top level ARGP being parsed. */
+ const struct argp *root_argp;
+
+ /* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */
+ int argc;
+ char **argv;
+
+ /* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */
+ int next;
+
+ /* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */
+ unsigned flags;
+
+ /* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
+ number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
+ such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such
+ arguments that have been processed. */
+ unsigned arg_num;
+
+ /* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
+ '--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
+ option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
+ int quoted;
+
+ /* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */
+ void *input;
+ /* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as
+ the number of children for the current parser. */
+ void **child_inputs;
+
+ /* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */
+ void *hook;
+
+ /* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0],
+ or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */
+ char *name;
+
+ /* Streams used when argp prints something. */
+ FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
+ FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
+
+ void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */
+};
+
+/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
+ convenient for program command line parsing): */
+
+/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless
+ ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
+ skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
+ in a command line. */
+#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01
+
+/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
+ is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
+ name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
+ assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */
+#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02
+
+/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by
+ calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
+ as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
+ handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
+ other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
+ argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all
+ args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
+ last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set,
+ as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
+ be handled. */
+#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04
+
+/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
+ line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
+#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08
+
+/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
+ option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
+#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10
+
+/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */
+#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20
+
+/* Use the gnu getopt "long-only" rules for parsing arguments. */
+#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40
+
+/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */
+#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
+
+/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
+ FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
+ index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
+ unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
+ routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
+ returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
+ is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */
+extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+ int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
+ unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
+ void *__restrict __input);
+extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+ int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
+ unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
+ void *__restrict __input);
+
+/* Global variables. */
+
+/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
+ program_invocation_short_name are available */
+#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+extern char *program_invocation_name;
+# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
+# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
+#endif
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
+ option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
+ will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
+ ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
+extern const char *argp_program_version;
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
+ option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
+ calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
+ the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
+ used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
+extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
+ struct argp_state *__restrict
+ __state);
+
+/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
+ the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by
+ argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
+ standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
+ "Report bugs to ADDR." */
+extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
+
+/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
+ If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
+ . */
+extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
+
+/* Flags for argp_help. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a "Try ... for more help" message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
+#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */
+#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
+ reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */
+
+/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */
+
+/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
+ error message has already been printed. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
+ (ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
+ more specific error message has been printed. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
+ (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
+/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */
+#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
+ (ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
+ | ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
+
+/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
+ ARGP_HELP_*. */
+extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+ FILE *__restrict __stream,
+ unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
+extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+ FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
+ char *__name);
+
+/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
+ parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
+ argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
+ on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
+ them *not* to exit, and should return an appropriate error after calling
+ them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
+ but they're used often enough that they should be short] */
+
+/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
+ from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
+extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+ FILE *__restrict __stream,
+ unsigned int __flags);
+extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+ FILE *__restrict __stream,
+ unsigned int __flags);
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */
+extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
+extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
+#endif
+
+/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
+ by the program name and ':', to stderr, and followed by a "Try ... --help"
+ message, then exit (1). */
+extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+ const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
+extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+ const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
+
+/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
+ respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
+ to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
+ shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
+ option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
+ difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
+ *parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
+ parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
+extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+ int __status, int __errnum,
+ const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5));
+extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
+ int __status, int __errnum,
+ const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
+ _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 4, 5));
+
+#if _LIBC || !defined __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */
+extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+
+/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
+ options array. */
+extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
+#endif
+
+/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
+ by the help routines. */
+extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+ const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
+ __THROW;
+extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
+ const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
+ __THROW;
+
+#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
+
+# if !_LIBC
+# define __argp_usage argp_usage
+# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
+# define __option_is_short _option_is_short
+# define __option_is_end _option_is_end
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ARGP_EI
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+ /* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
+ inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. It defines a macro
+ __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ to indicate this situation or a macro
+ __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate the opposite situation.
+ GCC 4.2 with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements the GNU C inline
+ semantics but warns, unless -fgnu89-inline is used:
+ warning: C99 inline functions are not supported; using GNU89
+ warning: to disable this warning use -fgnu89-inline or the gnu_inline function attribute
+ It defines a macro __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ to indicate this situation. */
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+# define ARGP_EI __inline__
+# elif defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
+# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__ __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
+# endif
+# else
+ /* With other compilers, assume the ISO C99 meaning of 'inline', if
+ the compiler supports 'inline' at all. */
+# define ARGP_EI inline
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ARGP_EI void
+__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
+{
+ __argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
+}
+
+ARGP_EI int
+__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
+{
+ if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ {
+ int __key = __opt->key;
+ return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
+ }
+}
+
+ARGP_EI int
+__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
+{
+ return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
+}
+
+# if !_LIBC
+# undef __argp_usage
+# undef __argp_state_help
+# undef __option_is_short
+# undef __option_is_end
+# endif
+#endif /* Use extern inlines. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* argp.h */
diff --git a/lib/asnprintf.c b/lib/asnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6f70c928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/asnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+#include
+
+char *
+asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ char *result;
+
+ va_start (args, format);
+ result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
+ va_end (args);
+ return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/basename-lgpl.c b/lib/basename-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43ef8c211
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/basename-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
+
+ Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include
+
+/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
+ NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
+ system root, return the empty string. */
+
+char *
+last_component (char const *name)
+{
+ char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+ char const *p;
+ bool saw_slash = false;
+
+ while (ISSLASH (*base))
+ base++;
+
+ for (p = base; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (ISSLASH (*p))
+ saw_slash = true;
+ else if (saw_slash)
+ {
+ base = p;
+ saw_slash = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
+ value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
+ (NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+ size_t len;
+ size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+ for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
+ continue;
+
+ if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
+ && ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
+ return 2;
+
+ if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
+ && len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
+ return prefix_len + 1;
+
+ return len;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirname-lgpl.c b/lib/dirname-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2895cbcb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
+
+ Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
+ dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
+ even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
+ if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
+
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *file)
+{
+ size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
+ size_t length;
+
+ /* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
+ prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
+ ? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+ && ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
+ : (ISSLASH (file[0])
+ ? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+ && ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
+ ? 2 : 1))
+ : 0));
+
+ /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
+ for (length = last_component (file) - file;
+ prefix_length < length; length--)
+ if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
+ break;
+ return length;
+}
+
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
+ since it has different meanings in different environments.
+ In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
+
+ Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
+ Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
+ ignoring them). Return NULL on failure.
+
+ If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+ lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
+ if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+ rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
+ to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
+
+char *
+mdir_name (char const *file)
+{
+ size_t length = dir_len (file);
+ bool append_dot = (length == 0
+ || (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+ && length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
+ && file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
+ char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+ if (!dir)
+ return NULL;
+ memcpy (dir, file, length);
+ if (append_dot)
+ dir[length++] = '.';
+ dir[length] = '\0';
+ return dir;
+}
diff --git a/lib/dirname.h b/lib/dirname.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..51a685c3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation,
+ Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# include
+# include
+# include "dosname.h"
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
+char *base_name (char const *file);
+char *dir_name (char const *file);
+# endif
+
+char *mdir_name (char const *file);
+size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/dosname.h b/lib/dosname.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0468ce4dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/dosname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see .
+
+ From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef _DOSNAME_H
+#define _DOSNAME_H
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || \
+ defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \
+ defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__)
+ /* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
+ letters use ASCII. */
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
+ <= 'z' - 'a')
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+ (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+# ifndef __CYGWIN__
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
+# endif
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#else
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+#endif
+
+#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
+# else
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
+ (ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0)
+#endif
+#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
+
+#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/errno.in.h b/lib/errno.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e5af9276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/errno.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/* A POSIX-like .
+
+ Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
+
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */
+
+# ifndef ENOMSG
+# define ENOMSG 122
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EIDRM
+# define EIDRM 111
+# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOLINK
+# define ENOLINK 121
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EPROTO
+# define EPROTO 134
+# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EBADMSG
+# define EBADMSG 104
+# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW 132
+# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOTSUP
+# define ENOTSUP 129
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENETRESET
+# define ENETRESET 117
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECONNABORTED
+# define ECONNABORTED 106
+# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECANCELED
+# define ECANCELED 105
+# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+# define EOWNERDEAD 133
+# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
+# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EINPROGRESS
+# define EINPROGRESS 112
+# define EALREADY 103
+# define ENOTSOCK 128
+# define EDESTADDRREQ 109
+# define EMSGSIZE 115
+# define EPROTOTYPE 136
+# define ENOPROTOOPT 123
+# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
+# define EOPNOTSUPP 130
+# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
+# define EADDRINUSE 100
+# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
+# define ENETDOWN 116
+# define ENETUNREACH 118
+# define ECONNRESET 108
+# define ENOBUFS 119
+# define EISCONN 113
+# define ENOTCONN 126
+# define ETIMEDOUT 138
+# define ECONNREFUSED 107
+# define ELOOP 114
+# define EHOSTUNREACH 110
+# define EWOULDBLOCK 140
+# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ETXTBSY
+# define ETXTBSY 139
+# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
+# endif
+
+/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
+ in . */
+# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define EDQUOT 10069
+# define ESTALE 10070
+# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */
+# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
+
+# endif
+
+
+/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
+ EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */
+# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
+# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
+# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
+# endif
+# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
+# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
+# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
+# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+
+/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
+ EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
+ Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
+ Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
+ HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
+
+ Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
+ binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
+ errno values from the system. */
+
+# ifndef ENOMSG
+# define ENOMSG 2000
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EIDRM
+# define EIDRM 2001
+# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOLINK
+# define ENOLINK 2002
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EPROTO
+# define EPROTO 2003
+# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EMULTIHOP
+# define EMULTIHOP 2004
+# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EBADMSG
+# define EBADMSG 2005
+# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW 2006
+# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENOTSUP
+# define ENOTSUP 2007
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ENETRESET
+# define ENETRESET 2011
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECONNABORTED
+# define ECONNABORTED 2012
+# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ESTALE
+# define ESTALE 2009
+# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef EDQUOT
+# define EDQUOT 2010
+# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ECANCELED
+# define ECANCELED 2008
+# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
+# endif
+
+/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
+ defined. */
+
+# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
+# if defined __sun
+ /* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
+ interoperability. */
+# define EOWNERDEAD 58
+# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
+# elif (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+ /* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
+ differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */
+# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+ /* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
+ interoperability. */
+# define EOWNERDEAD 43
+# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
+# else
+ /* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
+ interoperability. */
+# define EOWNERDEAD 133
+# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
+# endif
+# else
+# define EOWNERDEAD 2013
+# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
+# endif
+# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
+# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
diff --git a/lib/float+.h b/lib/float+.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..75e56a121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/float+.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
+ Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible , 2007.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
+#define _FLOATPLUS_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
+ "hidden bit". */
+#if FLT_RADIX == 2
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
+#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
+#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
+#endif
+
+/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number. */
+#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+
+/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
+ the exponent's sign. */
+#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
+ (FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+ FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+ 32)
+#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
+ (DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+ DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+ 32)
+#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
+ (LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+ LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+ 32)
+
+/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
+ counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
+ exponent, and the sign. */
+#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
+#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
+#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
+
+/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
+ This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'. For example, on i386 systems,
+ 'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
+ LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
+ sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16. */
+#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc. */
+typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
+
+#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */
diff --git a/lib/float.c b/lib/float.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea3186654
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/float.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Auxiliary definitions for .
+ Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible , 2011.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include
+
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+ { { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
+#elif defined __i386__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+ { { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
+#else
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+ this file is never empty. */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/float.in.h b/lib/float.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4205103b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/float.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* A correct .
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
+
+/* 'long double' properties. */
+
+#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
+/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
+/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
+# undef LDBL_DIG
+# define LDBL_DIG 18
+/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
+# undef LDBL_EPSILON
+# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.0842021724855044340E-19L
+/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
+/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
+/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935063E-4932L
+/* Maximum representable finite number. */
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+# define LDBL_MAX 1.1897314953572317650E+4932L
+/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
+/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
+#endif
+
+/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
+ precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime. See
+ . */
+#if defined __i386__ && defined __FreeBSD__
+/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
+/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
+# undef LDBL_DIG
+# define LDBL_DIG 18
+/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
+# undef LDBL_EPSILON
+# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
+/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
+/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
+/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
+/* Maximum representable finite number. */
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
+ But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
+ 0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
+ So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
+
+ const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
+ extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
+
+ Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression. */
+union gl_long_double_union
+ {
+ struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
+ long double ld;
+ };
+extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
+# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
+/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
+/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
+# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
+#endif
+
+/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
+ wrong.
+ On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong. */
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
+#endif
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MAX
+/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
+ It is not easy to define:
+ #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
+ is too small, whereas
+ #define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
+ is too large. Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
+ Also, I can't get values larger than
+ #define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
+ #define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+ #define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+ #define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
+ #define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
+ which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
+ So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
+
+ const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
+ extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
+
+ or through a pointer cast
+
+ #define LDBL_MAX \
+ (*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
+
+ Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
+ does not work well when GCC is optimizing.. */
+union gl_long_double_union
+ {
+ struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
+ long double ld;
+ };
+extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
+# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
+#endif
+
+/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
+ On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
+ are wrong. */
+#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
+# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
+# if defined __GNUC__
+# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
+# undef LDBL_MIN
+# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
+# undef LDBL_EPSILON
+# define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
+/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
+ of glibc 2.7. */
+extern
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+# endif
+void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
+static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt.c b/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4342a3410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1245 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+ NOTE: getopt is part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+ "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+ before changing it!
+ Copyright (C) 1987-1996, 1998-2004, 2006, 2008-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* This version of 'getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix 'getopt'
+ but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+ to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+ As 'getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+ when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus
+ all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+ Using 'getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
+ disables permutation.
+ Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+ GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+ they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */
+
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+ When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+ the argument value is returned here.
+ Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+ each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+ This is used for communication to and from the caller
+ and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+ On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+ When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+ non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+ Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+ how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+ for unrecognized options. */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+ This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+ system's own getopt implementation. */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data. */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+ XXX This is no good solution. We should rather copy the args so
+ that we can compare them later. But we must not use malloc(3). */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+ indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments. */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0) \
+ { \
+ char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1]; \
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2]; \
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp; \
+ }
+# else
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+ One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+ which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+ The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+ the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+ 'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+ the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+ int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+ int top = d->optind;
+ char *tem;
+
+ /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+ That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+ It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+ but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ /* First make sure the handling of the '__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+ string can work normally. Our top argument must be in the range
+ of the string. */
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
+ {
+ /* We must extend the array. The user plays games with us and
+ presents new arguments. */
+ char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+ if (new_str == NULL)
+ d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len),
+ '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+ {
+ if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+ {
+ /* Bottom segment is the short one. */
+ int len = middle - bottom;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ tem = argv[bottom + i];
+ argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+ argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+ SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+ }
+ /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */
+ top -= len;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Top segment is the short one. */
+ int len = top - middle;
+ register int i;
+
+ /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+ {
+ tem = argv[bottom + i];
+ argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+ argv[middle + i] = tem;
+ SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+ }
+ /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */
+ bottom += len;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */
+
+ d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+ d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (int argc _GL_UNUSED,
+ char **argv _GL_UNUSED, const char *optstring,
+ struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+ /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+ is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+ non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */
+
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+ d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+ /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */
+
+ if (optstring[0] == '-')
+ {
+ d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+ ++optstring;
+ }
+ else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+ {
+ d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+ ++optstring;
+ }
+ else if (d->__posixly_correct)
+ d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+ else
+ d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ if (!d->__posixly_correct
+ && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+ {
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+ || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+ else
+ {
+ const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+ int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+ if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+ __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+ (char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+ if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+ d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+ else
+ memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+ '\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+ }
+ }
+ d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len;
+ }
+ else
+ d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+ return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+ given in OPTSTRING.
+
+ If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+ then it is an option element. The characters of this element
+ (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If 'getopt'
+ is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+ from each of the option elements.
+
+ If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+ updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can
+ resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+ If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1.
+ Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+ that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+ so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+ OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+ If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+ return '?' after printing an error message. If you set 'opterr' to
+ zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+ If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+ so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+ ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'. Two colons mean an option that
+ wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+ it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero.
+
+ If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of
+ handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+ See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+ Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'.
+ Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+ or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an
+ argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+ from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+ When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+ 'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field
+ if the 'flag' field is zero.
+
+ The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+ But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+ with other systems.
+
+ LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an
+ element containing a name which is zero.
+
+ LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+ It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+ recent call.
+
+ If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+ long-named options. */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+ const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+ int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+ int print_errors = d->opterr;
+
+ if (argc < 1)
+ return -1;
+
+ d->optarg = NULL;
+
+ if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+ {
+ if (d->optind == 0)
+ d->optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */
+ optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d,
+ posixly_correct);
+ d->__initialized = 1;
+ }
+ else if (optstring[0] == '-' || optstring[0] == '+')
+ optstring++;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ print_errors = 0;
+
+ /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+ Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+ from the shell indicating it is not an option. The later information
+ is only used when the used in the GNU libc. */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \
+ || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len \
+ && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+ if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */
+
+ /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+ moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments). */
+ if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+ d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+ if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+ if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+ {
+ /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+ exchange them so that the options come first. */
+
+ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+ && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+ exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+ else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+ /* Skip any additional non-options
+ and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */
+
+ while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+ d->optind++;
+ d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+ }
+
+ /* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options.
+ Skip it like a null option,
+ then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+ then skip everything else like a non-option. */
+
+ if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+ {
+ d->optind++;
+
+ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+ && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+ exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+ else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+ d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+ d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+ d->optind = argc;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+ and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */
+
+ if (d->optind == argc)
+ {
+ /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+ that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */
+ if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+ d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+ either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */
+
+ if (NONOPTION_P)
+ {
+ if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+ return -1;
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+ Skip the initial punctuation. */
+
+ d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1
+ + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-'));
+ }
+
+ /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */
+
+ /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+ If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+ a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+ a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no
+ way to give the -f short option.
+
+ On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+ the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+ the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+ This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */
+
+ if (longopts != NULL
+ && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+ || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+ || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
+ {
+ char *nameend;
+ unsigned int namelen;
+ const struct option *p;
+ const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+ struct option_list
+ {
+ const struct option *p;
+ struct option_list *next;
+ } *ambig_list = NULL;
+ int exact = 0;
+ int indfound = -1;
+ int option_index;
+
+ for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+ namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar;
+
+ /* Test all long options for either exact match
+ or abbreviated matches. */
+ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+ if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen))
+ {
+ if (namelen == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+ {
+ /* Exact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ exact = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (pfound == NULL)
+ {
+ /* First nonexact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ }
+ else if (long_only
+ || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+ || pfound->flag != p->flag
+ || pfound->val != p->val)
+ {
+ /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
+ struct option_list *newp = malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+ newp->p = p;
+ newp->next = ambig_list;
+ ambig_list = newp;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ambig_list != NULL && !exact)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+ struct option_list first;
+ first.p = pfound;
+ first.next = ambig_list;
+ ambig_list = &first;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf = NULL;
+ size_t buflen = 0;
+
+ FILE *fp = open_memstream (&buf, &buflen);
+ if (fp != NULL)
+ {
+ fprintf (fp,
+ _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+
+ do
+ {
+ fprintf (fp, " '--%s'", ambig_list->p->name);
+ ambig_list = ambig_list->next;
+ }
+ while (ambig_list != NULL);
+
+ fputc_unlocked ('\n', fp);
+
+ if (__builtin_expect (fclose (fp) != EOF, 1))
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+ do
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, " '--%s'", ambig_list->p->name);
+ ambig_list = ambig_list->next;
+ }
+ while (ambig_list != NULL);
+
+ fputc ('\n', stderr);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ d->optind++;
+ d->optopt = 0;
+ return '?';
+ }
+
+ while (ambig_list != NULL)
+ {
+ struct option_list *pn = ambig_list->next;
+ free (ambig_list);
+ ambig_list = pn;
+ }
+
+ if (pfound != NULL)
+ {
+ option_index = indfound;
+ d->optind++;
+ if (*nameend)
+ {
+ /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+ allow it to be used on enums. */
+ if (pfound->has_arg)
+ d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+ int n;
+#endif
+
+ if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+ pfound->name);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+ pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (n >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+
+ d->optopt = pfound->val;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+ {
+ if (d->optind < argc)
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '--%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option '--%s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ d->optopt = pfound->val;
+ return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+ }
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ if (longind != NULL)
+ *longind = option_index;
+ if (pfound->flag)
+ {
+ *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pfound->val;
+ }
+
+ /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only,
+ or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+ option, then it's an error.
+ Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */
+ if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+ || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+ int n;
+#endif
+
+ if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+ {
+ /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option '--%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '--%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option '%c%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '%c%s'\n"),
+ argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+ }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (n >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar = (char *) "";
+ d->optind++;
+ d->optopt = 0;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */
+
+ {
+ char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+ const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+ /* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+ ++d->optind;
+
+ if (temp == NULL || c == ':' || c == ';')
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+ int n;
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ if (n >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ d->optopt = c;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+ if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+ {
+ char *nameend;
+ const struct option *p;
+ const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+ int exact = 0;
+ int ambig = 0;
+ int indfound = 0;
+ int option_index;
+
+ if (longopts == NULL)
+ goto no_longs;
+
+ /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+ /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+ we must advance to the next element now. */
+ d->optind++;
+ }
+ else if (d->optind == argc)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+ argv[0], c) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->optopt = c;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ c = ':';
+ else
+ c = '?';
+ return c;
+ }
+ else
+ /* We already incremented 'd->optind' once;
+ increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+
+ /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+ table of longopts. */
+
+ for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '=';
+ nameend++)
+ /* Do nothing. */ ;
+
+ /* Test all long options for either exact match
+ or abbreviated matches. */
+ for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+ if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+ {
+ if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+ {
+ /* Exact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ exact = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (pfound == NULL)
+ {
+ /* First nonexact match found. */
+ pfound = p;
+ indfound = option_index;
+ }
+ else if (long_only
+ || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+ || pfound->flag != p->flag
+ || pfound->val != p->val)
+ /* Second or later nonexact match found. */
+ ambig = 1;
+ }
+ if (ambig && !exact)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option '-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], d->optarg) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+ argv[0], d->optarg);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ d->optind++;
+ return '?';
+ }
+ if (pfound != NULL)
+ {
+ option_index = indfound;
+ if (*nameend)
+ {
+ /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+ allow it to be used on enums. */
+ if (pfound->has_arg)
+ d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ return '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+ {
+ if (d->optind < argc)
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ else
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+ |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' requires an argument\n"),
+ argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ d->optarg = NULL;
+ d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+ if (longind != NULL)
+ *longind = option_index;
+ if (pfound->flag)
+ {
+ *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ return pfound->val;
+ }
+
+ no_longs:
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+ return 'W'; /* Let the application handle it. */
+ }
+ if (temp[1] == ':')
+ {
+ if (temp[2] == ':')
+ {
+ /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+ d->optind++;
+ }
+ else
+ d->optarg = NULL;
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This is an option that requires an argument. */
+ if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+ {
+ d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+ /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+ we must advance to the next element now. */
+ d->optind++;
+ }
+ else if (d->optind == argc)
+ {
+ if (print_errors)
+ {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+ char *buf;
+
+ if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+ argv[0], c) >= 0)
+ {
+ _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+ int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+ __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+ ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+ _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+ free (buf);
+ }
+#else
+ fprintf (stderr,
+ _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+ argv[0], c);
+#endif
+ }
+ d->optopt = c;
+ if (optstring[0] == ':')
+ c = ':';
+ else
+ c = '?';
+ }
+ else
+ /* We already incremented 'optind' once;
+ increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */
+ d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+ d->__nextchar = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return c;
+ }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+ const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only,
+ int posixly_correct)
+{
+ int result;
+
+ getopt_data.optind = optind;
+ getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+ result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+ longind, long_only, &getopt_data,
+ posixly_correct);
+
+ optind = getopt_data.optind;
+ optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+ optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt.
+ Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt. */
+#if _LIBC
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 };
+#else
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 };
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring,
+ (const struct option *) 0,
+ (int *) 0,
+ 0, POSIXLY_CORRECT);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+int
+__posix_getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+ (const struct option *) 0,
+ (int *) 0,
+ 0, 1);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+ the above definition of 'getopt'. */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int c;
+ int digit_optind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+ c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+ printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+ digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+ printf ("option %c\n", c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'a':
+ printf ("option a\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ printf ("option b\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind < argc)
+ {
+ printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+ while (optind < argc)
+ printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt.in.h b/lib/getopt.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..06b6dfc50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. We must
+ also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
+ ; our definitions will be present soon enough. */
+#if @HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_GETOPT_H@
+# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+ identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+ defined in this header. When this happens, include the
+ headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
+ confusion if included after this file (if the system had ,
+ we have already included it). Then systematically rename
+ identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
+ and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
+ linkers. */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
+# if !@HAVE_GETOPT_H@
+# include
+# include
+# include
+# endif
+# undef __need_getopt
+# undef getopt
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# undef option
+# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
+# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+ getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes
+ with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
+ getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
+ compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
+
+ This used to be '#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+ but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
+ included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
+ __need_getopt.
+
+ The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
+ of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
+ only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
+ the conditional as follows:
+*/
+#if !defined __need_getopt
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+# define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+ standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+ If we are being used with glibc, we need to include , but
+ that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+ not defined, include , which will pull in for us
+ if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
+ doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+# define __THROW throw ()
+# else
+# define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+ When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+ the argument value is returned here.
+ Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+ each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+ This is used for communication to and from the caller
+ and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+ On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+ When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+ non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+ Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+ how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
+ for unrecognized options. */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+ The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+ of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+ zero.
+
+ The field 'has_arg' is:
+ no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+ required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+ optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+ If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+ to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
+ left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+ To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
+ a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
+ option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
+ value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+ one). For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
+ returns the contents of the 'val' field. */
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_option
+struct option
+{
+ const char *name;
+ /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+ type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
+ int has_arg;
+ int *flag;
+ int val;
+};
+# define GNULIB_defined_struct_option 1
+# endif
+
+/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'. */
+
+# define no_argument 0
+# define required_argument 1
+# define optional_argument 2
+#endif /* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+ arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+ options given in OPTS.
+
+ Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
+ there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
+ missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+ returned.
+
+ The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+ letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+ takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
+
+ If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+ optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
+
+ The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
+ scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
+ options.
+
+ If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+ arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
+ 'getopt'. If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+ the environment, then do not permute arguments. */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+ __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+ __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+ __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
+#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/lib/getopt1.c b/lib/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb2a8f5a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1987-1994, 1996-1998, 2004, 2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include
+#else
+# include
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+#include
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+ to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+ opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+ struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+ 0, d, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+ If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+ but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+ instead. */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+ const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+ opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+ const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+ struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+ return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+ 1, d, 0);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int c;
+ int digit_optind = 0;
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+ int option_index = 0;
+ static const struct option long_options[] =
+ {
+ {"add", 1, 0, 0},
+ {"append", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+ {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"create", 0, 0, 0},
+ {"file", 1, 0, 0},
+ {0, 0, 0, 0}
+ };
+
+ c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+ long_options, &option_index);
+ if (c == -1)
+ break;
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+ if (optarg)
+ printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+ printf ("\n");
+ break;
+
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+ printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+ digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+ printf ("option %c\n", c);
+ break;
+
+ case 'a':
+ printf ("option a\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'b':
+ printf ("option b\n");
+ break;
+
+ case 'c':
+ printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (optind < argc)
+ {
+ printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+ while (optind < argc)
+ printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+
+ exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/lib/getopt_int.h b/lib/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2da020c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+ Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+ This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
+
+#include
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+ vectors at the same time. */
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+ If the caller did not specify anything,
+ the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+ POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+ REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+ stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+ This is what Unix does.
+ This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+ variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using '+' as the first character
+ of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
+
+ PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we
+ scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
+ This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
+ that were not written to expect this.
+
+ RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+ written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+ and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each
+ non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+ with character code 1. Using '-' as the first character of the
+ list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
+
+ The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+ of the value of 'ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+ '--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC. */
+
+enum __ord
+ {
+ REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+ };
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions. */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+ /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+ variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+ versions of getopt. */
+ int optind;
+ int opterr;
+ int optopt;
+ char *optarg;
+
+ /* Internal members. */
+
+ /* True if the internal members have been initialized. */
+ int __initialized;
+
+ /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+ in which the last option character we returned was found.
+ This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+ If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+ by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
+ char *__nextchar;
+
+ /* See __ord above. */
+ enum __ord __ordering;
+
+ /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
+ or getopt was called. */
+ int __posixly_correct;
+
+
+ /* Handle permutation of arguments. */
+
+ /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+ been skipped. 'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+ of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
+
+ int __first_nonopt;
+ int __last_nonopt;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+ int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
+ int __nonoption_flags_len;
+#endif
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+ default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
+ int __posixly_correct);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+ struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+ const char *__shortopts,
+ const struct option *__longopts,
+ int *__longind,
+ struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/lib/gettext.h b/lib/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..65ca1e676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU .
+ Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
+# include
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+ the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
+ textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) \
+ dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+ chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
+ later inclusions of a NOP. We don't include
+ as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include ,
+ and also including would fail on SunOS 4, whereas
+ is OK. */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+ , which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
+ it now, to make later inclusions of a NOP. */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+ The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+ for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+ On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+ contain "#define const". */
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# undef dcgettext
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+ ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((N) == 1 \
+ ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+ : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# undef dngettext
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef dcngettext
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+ ((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef textdomain
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# undef bindtextdomain
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+ ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override. */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
+# undef setlocale
+# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+ extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
+ translation is done at a different place in the code.
+ The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
+ and other string expressions won't work.
+ The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+ initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+ MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
+ short and rarely need to change.
+ The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+ pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+ npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+ return msgid;
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+ const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ const char *translation =
+ dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+ if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+ else
+ return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+ can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
+ less efficient than those above. */
+
+#include
+
+#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
+ /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
+#else
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+ dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+ dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+ const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+ const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+ int category)
+{
+ size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+ size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+ const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+ char buf[1024];
+ char *msg_ctxt_id =
+ (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+ ? buf
+ : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+ {
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+ msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+ memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+ translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+ if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+ free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+ if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
+ return translation;
+ }
+ return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/lib/intprops.h b/lib/intprops.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2485c78d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/intprops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
+
+ Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_INTPROPS_H
+#define _GL_INTPROPS_H
+
+#include
+
+/* Return an integer value, converted to the same type as the integer
+ expression E after integer type promotion. V is the unconverted value. */
+#define _GL_INT_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) + (v))
+
+/* Act like _GL_INT_CONVERT (E, -V) but work around a bug in IRIX 6.5 cc; see
+ . */
+#define _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT(e, v) (0 * (e) - (v))
+
+/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
+ e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0. */
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type. bool counts as
+ an integer. */
+#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
+
+/* True if negative values of the signed integer type T use two's
+ complement, ones' complement, or signed magnitude representation,
+ respectively. Much GNU code assumes two's complement, but some
+ people like to be portable to all possible C hosts. */
+#define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
+#define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
+#define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
+
+/* True if the signed integer expression E uses two's complement. */
+#define _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(e) (~ _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0) == -1)
+
+/* True if the arithmetic type T is signed. */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+/* Return 1 if the integer expression E, after integer promotion, has
+ a signed type. */
+#define _GL_INT_SIGNED(e) (_GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1) < 0)
+
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for integer types and expressions. These
+ macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
+ If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
+ your host. */
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T. */
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
+ ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+ ? (t) 0 \
+ : TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t) \
+ ? ~ (t) 0 \
+ : ~ TYPE_MAXIMUM (t)))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
+ ((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+ ? (t) -1 \
+ : ((((t) 1 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)))
+
+/* The maximum and minimum values for the type of the expression E,
+ after integer promotion. E should not have side effects. */
+#define _GL_INT_MINIMUM(e) \
+ (_GL_INT_SIGNED (e) \
+ ? - _GL_INT_TWOS_COMPLEMENT (e) - _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \
+ : _GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 0))
+#define _GL_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \
+ (_GL_INT_SIGNED (e) \
+ ? _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (e) \
+ : _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (e, 1))
+#define _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM(e) \
+ (((_GL_INT_CONVERT (e, 1) << (sizeof ((e) + 0) * CHAR_BIT - 2)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+
+/* Return 1 if the __typeof__ keyword works. This could be done by
+ 'configure', but for now it's easier to do it by hand. */
+#if 2 <= __GNUC__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 1
+#else
+# define _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__ 0
+#endif
+
+/* Return 1 if the integer type or expression T might be signed. Return 0
+ if it is definitely unsigned. This macro does not evaluate its argument,
+ and expands to an integer constant expression. */
+#if _GL_HAVE___TYPEOF__
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
+#else
+# define _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR(t) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an unsigned integer
+ value representable in B bits. log10 (2.0) < 146/485. The
+ smallest value of B where this bound is not tight is 2621. */
+#define INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND(b) (((b) * 146 + 484) / 485)
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
+ Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed, and then add 1 more for
+ a minus sign if needed.
+
+ Because _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR sometimes returns 0 when its argument is
+ signed, this macro may overestimate the true bound by one byte when
+ applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes. */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+ (INT_BITS_STRLEN_BOUND (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT \
+ - _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t)) \
+ + _GL_SIGNED_TYPE_OR_EXPR (t))
+
+/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
+ including the terminating null. */
+#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
+
+
+/* Range overflow checks.
+
+ The INT__RANGE_OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C
+ operators might not yield numerically correct answers due to
+ arithmetic overflow. They do not rely on undefined or
+ implementation-defined behavior. Their implementations are simple
+ and straightforward, but they are a bit harder to use than the
+ INT__OVERFLOW macros described below.
+
+ Example usage:
+
+ long int i = ...;
+ long int j = ...;
+ if (INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (i, j, LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX))
+ printf ("multiply would overflow");
+ else
+ printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
+
+ Restrictions on *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros:
+
+ These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+ undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+ by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+ These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times,
+ so the arguments should not have side effects. The arithmetic
+ arguments (including the MIN and MAX arguments) must be of the same
+ integer type after the usual arithmetic conversions, and the type
+ must have minimum value MIN and maximum MAX. Unsigned types should
+ use a zero MIN of the proper type.
+
+ These macros are tuned for constant MIN and MAX. For commutative
+ operations such as A + B, they are also tuned for constant B. */
+
+/* Return 1 if A + B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. */
+#define INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((b) < 0 \
+ ? (a) < (min) - (b) \
+ : (max) - (b) < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A - B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. */
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((b) < 0 \
+ ? (max) + (b) < (a) \
+ : (a) < (min) + (b))
+
+/* Return 1 if - A would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. */
+#define INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, min, max) \
+ ((min) < 0 \
+ ? (a) < - (max) \
+ : 0 < (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if A * B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. Avoid && and || as they tickle
+ bugs in Sun C 5.11 2010/08/13 and other compilers; see
+ . */
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((b) < 0 \
+ ? ((a) < 0 \
+ ? (a) < (max) / (b) \
+ : (b) == -1 \
+ ? 0 \
+ : (min) / (b) < (a)) \
+ : (b) == 0 \
+ ? 0 \
+ : ((a) < 0 \
+ ? (a) < (min) / (b) \
+ : (max) / (b) < (a)))
+
+/* Return 1 if A / B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero. */
+#define INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((min) < 0 && (b) == -1 && (a) < - (max))
+
+/* Return 1 if A % B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. Do not check for division by zero.
+ Mathematically, % should never overflow, but on x86-like hosts
+ INT_MIN % -1 traps, and the C standard permits this, so treat this
+ as an overflow too. */
+#define INT_REMAINDER_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ INT_DIVIDE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max)
+
+/* Return 1 if A << B would overflow in [MIN,MAX] arithmetic.
+ See above for restrictions. Here, MIN and MAX are for A only, and B need
+ not be of the same type as the other arguments. The C standard says that
+ behavior is undefined for shifts unless 0 <= B < wordwidth, and that when
+ A is negative then A << B has undefined behavior and A >> B has
+ implementation-defined behavior, but do not check these other
+ restrictions. */
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((a) < 0 \
+ ? (a) < (min) >> (b) \
+ : (max) >> (b) < (a))
+
+
+/* The _GL*_OVERFLOW macros have the same restrictions as the
+ *_RANGE_OVERFLOW macros, except that they do not assume that operands
+ (e.g., A and B) have the same type as MIN and MAX. Instead, they assume
+ that the result (e.g., A + B) has that type. */
+#define _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((min) < 0 ? INT_ADD_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \
+ : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) \
+ : (b) < 0 ? (a) <= (a) + (b) \
+ : (a) + (b) < (b))
+#define _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((min) < 0 ? INT_SUBTRACT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max) \
+ : (a) < 0 ? 1 \
+ : (b) < 0 ? (a) - (b) <= (a) \
+ : (a) < (b))
+#define _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ (((min) == 0 && (((a) < 0 && 0 < (b)) || ((b) < 0 && 0 < (a)))) \
+ || INT_MULTIPLY_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, min, max))
+#define _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \
+ : (a) < 0 ? (b) <= (a) + (b) - 1 \
+ : (b) < 0 && (a) + (b) <= (a))
+#define _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b, min, max) \
+ ((min) < 0 ? (b) == _GL_INT_NEGATE_CONVERT (min, 1) && (a) < - (max) \
+ : (a) < 0 ? (a) % (b) != ((max) - (b) + 1) % (b) \
+ : (b) < 0 && ! _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE (a, b, max))
+
+/* Return a nonzero value if A is a mathematical multiple of B, where
+ A is unsigned, B is negative, and MAX is the maximum value of A's
+ type. A's type must be the same as (A % B)'s type. Normally (A %
+ -B == 0) suffices, but things get tricky if -B would overflow. */
+#define _GL_UNSIGNED_NEG_MULTIPLE(a, b, max) \
+ (((b) < -_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) \
+ ? (_GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b) == (max) \
+ ? (a) \
+ : (a) % (_GL_INT_CONVERT (a, _GL_SIGNED_INT_MAXIMUM (b)) + 1)) \
+ : (a) % - (b)) \
+ == 0)
+
+
+/* Integer overflow checks.
+
+ The INT__OVERFLOW macros return 1 if the corresponding C operators
+ might not yield numerically correct answers due to arithmetic overflow.
+ They work correctly on all known practical hosts, and do not rely
+ on undefined behavior due to signed arithmetic overflow.
+
+ Example usage:
+
+ long int i = ...;
+ long int j = ...;
+ if (INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW (i, j))
+ printf ("multiply would overflow");
+ else
+ printf ("product is %ld", i * j);
+
+ These macros do not check for all possible numerical problems or
+ undefined or unspecified behavior: they do not check for division
+ by zero, for bad shift counts, or for shifting negative numbers.
+
+ These macros may evaluate their arguments zero or multiple times, so the
+ arguments should not have side effects.
+
+ These macros are tuned for their last argument being a constant.
+
+ Return 1 if the integer expressions A * B, A - B, -A, A * B, A / B,
+ A % B, and A << B would overflow, respectively. */
+
+#define INT_ADD_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+ _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_ADD_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+ _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_SUBTRACT_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_NEGATE_OVERFLOW(a) \
+ INT_NEGATE_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+#define INT_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+ _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_MULTIPLY_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+ _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_DIVIDE_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+ _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW (a, b, _GL_REMAINDER_OVERFLOW)
+#define INT_LEFT_SHIFT_OVERFLOW(a, b) \
+ INT_LEFT_SHIFT_RANGE_OVERFLOW (a, b, \
+ _GL_INT_MINIMUM (a), _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (a))
+
+/* Return 1 if the expression A B would overflow,
+ where OP_RESULT_OVERFLOW (A, B, MIN, MAX) does the actual test,
+ assuming MIN and MAX are the minimum and maximum for the result type.
+ Arguments should be free of side effects. */
+#define _GL_BINARY_OP_OVERFLOW(a, b, op_result_overflow) \
+ op_result_overflow (a, b, \
+ _GL_INT_MINIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)), \
+ _GL_INT_MAXIMUM (0 * (b) + (a)))
+
+#endif /* _GL_INTPROPS_H */
diff --git a/lib/itold.c b/lib/itold.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95ff7e178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/itold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine.
+ Copyright (C) 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible , 2011.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include
+
+void
+_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a)
+{
+ /* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'. */
+ *result = (double) a;
+}
diff --git a/lib/malloc.c b/lib/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0d5c89d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+ Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include
+/* Only the AC_FUNC_MALLOC macro defines 'malloc' already in config.h. */
+#ifdef malloc
+# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
+# undef malloc
+/* Whereas the gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU. */
+#elif GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
+# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+#include
+
+#include
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+ If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
+
+void *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+ void *result;
+
+#if NEED_MALLOC_GNU
+ if (n == 0)
+ n = 1;
+#endif
+
+ result = malloc (n);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+ if (result == NULL)
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+ return result;
+}
diff --git a/lib/memchr.c b/lib/memchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8fb0efb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2012
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+ with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+ commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+ adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+ and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include
+#endif
+
+#include
+
+#include
+
+#if defined _LIBC
+# include
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#include
+
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
+
+#undef __memchr
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef memchr
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memchr memchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */
+void *
+__memchr (void const *s, int c_in, size_t n)
+{
+ /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+ long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+ performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+ bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
+ performance. */
+ typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+ const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+ const longword *longword_ptr;
+ longword repeated_one;
+ longword repeated_c;
+ unsigned reg_char c;
+
+ c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+ /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+ Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
+ for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+ n > 0 && (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+ --n, ++char_ptr)
+ if (*char_ptr == c)
+ return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+ longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
+
+ /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+ but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
+
+ /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+ repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+ repeated_c has c in every byte. */
+ repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+ repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+ repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+ if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+ {
+ repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+ repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+ if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+ {
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+ {
+ repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+ repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
+ longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
+ bytes in the longword in question are equal to c. We first use an xor
+ with repeated_c. This reduces the task to testing whether *any of the
+ four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+ We compute tmp =
+ ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+ That is, we perform the following operations:
+ 1. Subtract repeated_one.
+ 2. & ~longword1.
+ 3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+ Consider what happens in each byte:
+ - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+ and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
+ to more significant bytes.
+ - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+ position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
+ the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+ After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
+ step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
+ So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+ Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+ significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+ j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
+ significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+ already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+ So, the test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent to
+ testing whether tmp is nonzero. */
+
+ while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+ {
+ longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+ if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+ & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+ break;
+ longword_ptr++;
+ n -= sizeof (longword);
+ }
+
+ char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+ /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
+ sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian
+ machines, we could determine the first such byte without any further
+ memory accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+ iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines. Choose code
+ that works in both cases. */
+
+ for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr)
+ {
+ if (*char_ptr == c)
+ return (void *) char_ptr;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/memchr.valgrind b/lib/memchr.valgrind
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..60f247e10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/memchr.valgrind
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in memchr().
+# POSIX states that when the character is found, memchr must not read extra
+# bytes in an overestimated length (for example, where memchr is used to
+# implement strnlen). However, we use a safe word read to provide a speedup.
+{
+ memchr-value4
+ Memcheck:Value4
+ fun:rpl_memchr
+}
+{
+ memchr-value8
+ Memcheck:Value8
+ fun:rpl_memchr
+}
diff --git a/lib/mempcpy.c b/lib/mempcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a97fe4229
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/mempcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
+ Copyright (C) 2003, 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include
+
+/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
+ last written byte. */
+void *
+mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
+{
+ return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
+}
diff --git a/lib/printf-args.c b/lib/printf-args.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47b20dc23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-args.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, see . */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+ ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+ PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be defined.
+ STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* Specification. */
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# include "printf-args.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
+{
+ size_t i;
+ argument *ap;
+
+ for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
+ switch (ap->type)
+ {
+ case TYPE_SCHAR:
+ ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_UCHAR:
+ ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_SHORT:
+ ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_USHORT:
+ ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_INT:
+ ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_UINT:
+ ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_LONGINT:
+ ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+ ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
+ break;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+ ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+ ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
+ break;
+#endif
+ case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+ ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_CHAR:
+ ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
+ break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+ case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+ /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
+ default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
+ where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
+ ap->a.a_wide_char =
+ (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
+ ? (wint_t) va_arg (args, int)
+ : va_arg (args, wint_t));
+ break;
+#endif
+ case TYPE_STRING:
+ ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
+ /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
+ it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+ debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
+ if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
+ ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
+ break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+ case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+ ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
+ /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
+ it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+ debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
+ if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
+ {
+ static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
+ {
+ (wchar_t)'(',
+ (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
+ (wchar_t)')',
+ (wchar_t)0
+ };
+ ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case TYPE_POINTER:
+ ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+ ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+ ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+ ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
+ break;
+ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+ ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
+ break;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+ ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
+ break;
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+ /* The unistdio extensions. */
+ case TYPE_U8_STRING:
+ ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
+ /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
+ it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+ debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
+ if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
+ {
+ static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
+ { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+ ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
+ }
+ break;
+ case TYPE_U16_STRING:
+ ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
+ /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
+ it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+ debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
+ if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
+ {
+ static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
+ { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+ ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
+ }
+ break;
+ case TYPE_U32_STRING:
+ ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
+ /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
+ it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+ debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
+ if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
+ {
+ static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
+ { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+ ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ /* Unknown type. */
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/printf-args.h b/lib/printf-args.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa811aff5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-args.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+ ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+ PRINTF_FETCHARGS Name of the function to be declared.
+ STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
+
+/* Default parameters. */
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t. */
+#include
+
+/* Get wchar_t. */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* Get wint_t. */
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* Get va_list. */
+#include
+
+
+/* Argument types */
+typedef enum
+{
+ TYPE_NONE,
+ TYPE_SCHAR,
+ TYPE_UCHAR,
+ TYPE_SHORT,
+ TYPE_USHORT,
+ TYPE_INT,
+ TYPE_UINT,
+ TYPE_LONGINT,
+ TYPE_ULONGINT,
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
+ TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
+#endif
+ TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
+ TYPE_CHAR,
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+ TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
+#endif
+ TYPE_STRING,
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+ TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
+#endif
+ TYPE_POINTER,
+ TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
+ TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
+ TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
+ TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+ /* The unistdio extensions. */
+, TYPE_U8_STRING
+, TYPE_U16_STRING
+, TYPE_U32_STRING
+#endif
+} arg_type;
+
+/* Polymorphic argument */
+typedef struct
+{
+ arg_type type;
+ union
+ {
+ signed char a_schar;
+ unsigned char a_uchar;
+ short a_short;
+ unsigned short a_ushort;
+ int a_int;
+ unsigned int a_uint;
+ long int a_longint;
+ unsigned long int a_ulongint;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ long long int a_longlongint;
+ unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
+#endif
+ float a_float;
+ double a_double;
+ long double a_longdouble;
+ int a_char;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+ wint_t a_wide_char;
+#endif
+ const char* a_string;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+ const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
+#endif
+ void* a_pointer;
+ signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
+ short * a_count_short_pointer;
+ int * a_count_int_pointer;
+ long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+ /* The unistdio extensions. */
+ const uint8_t * a_u8_string;
+ const uint16_t * a_u16_string;
+ const uint32_t * a_u32_string;
+#endif
+ }
+ a;
+}
+argument;
+
+/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed). */
+#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ size_t count;
+ argument *arg;
+ argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
+}
+arguments;
+
+
+/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
diff --git a/lib/printf-parse.c b/lib/printf-parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..815fd4332
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+ Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, see . */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+ CHAR_T The element type of the format string.
+ CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
+ in the format string are ASCII.
+ DIRECTIVE Structure denoting a format directive.
+ Depends on CHAR_T.
+ DIRECTIVES Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
+ format string. Depends on CHAR_T.
+ PRINTF_PARSE Function that parses a format string.
+ Depends on CHAR_T.
+ STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
+ ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions. */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* Specification. */
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Default parameters. */
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t, NULL. */
+#include
+
+/* Get intmax_t. */
+#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+# include
+# endif
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+# include
+# endif
+#else
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
+#include
+
+/* memcpy(). */
+#include
+
+/* errno. */
+#include
+
+/* Checked size_t computations. */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+/* c_isascii(). */
+# include "c-ctype.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
+{
+ const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
+ size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
+ size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
+ size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
+ size_t max_width_length = 0;
+ size_t max_precision_length = 0;
+
+ d->count = 0;
+ d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
+ d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
+
+ a->count = 0;
+ a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
+ a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
+
+#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
+ { \
+ size_t n = (_index_); \
+ if (n >= a_allocated) \
+ { \
+ size_t memory_size; \
+ argument *memory; \
+ \
+ a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
+ if (a_allocated <= n) \
+ a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
+ memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
+ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
+ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
+ goto out_of_memory; \
+ memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg \
+ ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
+ : malloc (memory_size)); \
+ if (memory == NULL) \
+ /* Out of memory. */ \
+ goto out_of_memory; \
+ if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg) \
+ memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument)); \
+ a->arg = memory; \
+ } \
+ while (a->count <= n) \
+ a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
+ if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
+ a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
+ else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
+ /* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
+ goto error; \
+ }
+
+ while (*cp != '\0')
+ {
+ CHAR_T c = *cp++;
+ if (c == '%')
+ {
+ size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+ DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
+
+ /* Initialize the next directive. */
+ dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
+ dp->flags = 0;
+ dp->width_start = NULL;
+ dp->width_end = NULL;
+ dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+ dp->precision_start = NULL;
+ dp->precision_end = NULL;
+ dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+ dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+
+ /* Test for positional argument. */
+ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+ {
+ const CHAR_T *np;
+
+ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+ ;
+ if (*np == '$')
+ {
+ size_t n = 0;
+
+ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+ if (n == 0)
+ /* Positional argument 0. */
+ goto error;
+ if (size_overflow_p (n))
+ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
+ goto error;
+ arg_index = n - 1;
+ cp = np + 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the flags. */
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (*cp == '\'')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == '-')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == '+')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == ' ')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == '#')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == '0')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
+ cp++;
+ }
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+ else if (*cp == 'I')
+ {
+ dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
+ cp++;
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Parse the field width. */
+ if (*cp == '*')
+ {
+ dp->width_start = cp;
+ cp++;
+ dp->width_end = cp;
+ if (max_width_length < 1)
+ max_width_length = 1;
+
+ /* Test for positional argument. */
+ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+ {
+ const CHAR_T *np;
+
+ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+ ;
+ if (*np == '$')
+ {
+ size_t n = 0;
+
+ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+ if (n == 0)
+ /* Positional argument 0. */
+ goto error;
+ if (size_overflow_p (n))
+ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
+ goto error;
+ dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
+ cp = np + 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+ {
+ dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+ if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */
+ goto error;
+ }
+ REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+ }
+ else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+ {
+ size_t width_length;
+
+ dp->width_start = cp;
+ for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+ ;
+ dp->width_end = cp;
+ width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+ if (max_width_length < width_length)
+ max_width_length = width_length;
+ }
+
+ /* Parse the precision. */
+ if (*cp == '.')
+ {
+ cp++;
+ if (*cp == '*')
+ {
+ dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+ cp++;
+ dp->precision_end = cp;
+ if (max_precision_length < 2)
+ max_precision_length = 2;
+
+ /* Test for positional argument. */
+ if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+ {
+ const CHAR_T *np;
+
+ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+ ;
+ if (*np == '$')
+ {
+ size_t n = 0;
+
+ for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+ n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+ if (n == 0)
+ /* Positional argument 0. */
+ goto error;
+ if (size_overflow_p (n))
+ /* n too large, would lead to out of memory
+ later. */
+ goto error;
+ dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
+ cp = np + 1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+ {
+ dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+ if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */
+ goto error;
+ }
+ REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t precision_length;
+
+ dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+ for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+ ;
+ dp->precision_end = cp;
+ precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+ if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
+ max_precision_length = precision_length;
+ }
+ }
+
+ {
+ arg_type type;
+
+ /* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
+ {
+ int flags = 0;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (*cp == 'h')
+ {
+ flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == 'L')
+ {
+ flags |= 4;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == 'l')
+ {
+ flags += 8;
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == 'j')
+ {
+ if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
+ {
+ /* intmax_t = long long */
+ flags += 16;
+ }
+ else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
+ {
+ /* intmax_t = long */
+ flags += 8;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
+ {
+ /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
+ because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
+ only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
+ if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
+ {
+ /* size_t = long long */
+ flags += 16;
+ }
+ else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
+ {
+ /* size_t = long */
+ flags += 8;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ }
+ else if (*cp == 't')
+ {
+ if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
+ {
+ /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
+ flags += 16;
+ }
+ else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
+ {
+ /* ptrdiff_t = long */
+ flags += 8;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ }
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+ /* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
+ We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
+ be understood by the system's printf routines. */
+ else if (*cp == 'q')
+ {
+ if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
+ {
+ /* int64_t = long long */
+ flags += 16;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* int64_t = long */
+ flags += 8;
+ }
+ cp++;
+ }
+#endif
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+ /* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
+ We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
+ be understood by the system's printf routines. */
+ else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
+ {
+ if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
+ {
+ /* __int64 = long long */
+ flags += 16;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* __int64 = long */
+ flags += 8;
+ }
+ cp += 3;
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Read the conversion character. */
+ c = *cp++;
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case 'd': case 'i':
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
+ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+ type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
+ else
+#endif
+ /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+ "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
+ if (flags >= 8)
+ type = TYPE_LONGINT;
+ else if (flags & 2)
+ type = TYPE_SCHAR;
+ else if (flags & 1)
+ type = TYPE_SHORT;
+ else
+ type = TYPE_INT;
+ break;
+ case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
+ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+ type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
+ else
+#endif
+ /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
+ 'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
+ if (flags >= 8)
+ type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
+ else if (flags & 2)
+ type = TYPE_UCHAR;
+ else if (flags & 1)
+ type = TYPE_USHORT;
+ else
+ type = TYPE_UINT;
+ break;
+ case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+ case 'a': case 'A':
+ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+ type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
+ else
+ type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
+ break;
+ case 'c':
+ if (flags >= 8)
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+ type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+#else
+ goto error;
+#endif
+ else
+ type = TYPE_CHAR;
+ break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+ case 'C':
+ type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+ c = 'c';
+ break;
+#endif
+ case 's':
+ if (flags >= 8)
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+ type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+#else
+ goto error;
+#endif
+ else
+ type = TYPE_STRING;
+ break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+ case 'S':
+ type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+ c = 's';
+ break;
+#endif
+ case 'p':
+ type = TYPE_POINTER;
+ break;
+ case 'n':
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+ /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
+ if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+ type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
+ else
+#endif
+ /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+ "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
+ if (flags >= 8)
+ type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
+ else if (flags & 2)
+ type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
+ else if (flags & 1)
+ type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
+ else
+ type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
+ break;
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+ /* The unistdio extensions. */
+ case 'U':
+ if (flags >= 16)
+ type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
+ else if (flags >= 8)
+ type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
+ else
+ type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
+ break;
+#endif
+ case '%':
+ type = TYPE_NONE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Unknown conversion character. */
+ goto error;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (type != TYPE_NONE)
+ {
+ dp->arg_index = arg_index;
+ if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+ {
+ dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
+ if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+ /* arg_posn wrapped around. */
+ goto error;
+ }
+ REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
+ }
+ dp->conversion = c;
+ dp->dir_end = cp;
+ }
+
+ d->count++;
+ if (d->count >= d_allocated)
+ {
+ size_t memory_size;
+ DIRECTIVE *memory;
+
+ d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
+ memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+ if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
+ /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
+ goto out_of_memory;
+ memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
+ ? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
+ : malloc (memory_size));
+ if (memory == NULL)
+ /* Out of memory. */
+ goto out_of_memory;
+ if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
+ memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+ d->dir = memory;
+ }
+ }
+#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+ else if (!c_isascii (c))
+ {
+ /* Non-ASCII character. Not supported. */
+ goto error;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
+
+ d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
+ d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
+ return 0;
+
+error:
+ if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
+ free (a->arg);
+ if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
+ free (d->dir);
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+
+out_of_memory:
+ if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
+ free (a->arg);
+ if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
+ free (d->dir);
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+#undef CHAR_T
diff --git a/lib/printf-parse.h b/lib/printf-parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..577099a50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/printf-parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* Parse printf format string.
+ Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2012 Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+ ENABLE_UNISTDIO Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+ STATIC Set to 'static' to declare the function static. */
+
+#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
+# include /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
+#endif
+
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+
+/* Flags */
+#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
+#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
+#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
+#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
+#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
+#define FLAG_ZERO 32
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64 /* I flag, uses localized digits */
+#endif
+
+/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
+#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
+
+/* xxx_directive: A parsed directive.
+ xxx_directives: A parsed format string. */
+
+/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed). */
+#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
+
+/* A parsed directive. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ const char* dir_start;
+ const char* dir_end;
+ int flags;
+ const char* width_start;
+ const char* width_end;
+ size_t width_arg_index;
+ const char* precision_start;
+ const char* precision_end;
+ size_t precision_arg_index;
+ char conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+ size_t arg_index;
+}
+char_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ size_t count;
+ char_directive *dir;
+ size_t max_width_length;
+ size_t max_precision_length;
+ char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+char_directives;
+
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+
+/* A parsed directive. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ const uint8_t* dir_start;
+ const uint8_t* dir_end;
+ int flags;
+ const uint8_t* width_start;
+ const uint8_t* width_end;
+ size_t width_arg_index;
+ const uint8_t* precision_start;
+ const uint8_t* precision_end;
+ size_t precision_arg_index;
+ uint8_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+ size_t arg_index;
+}
+u8_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ size_t count;
+ u8_directive *dir;
+ size_t max_width_length;
+ size_t max_precision_length;
+ u8_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u8_directives;
+
+/* A parsed directive. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ const uint16_t* dir_start;
+ const uint16_t* dir_end;
+ int flags;
+ const uint16_t* width_start;
+ const uint16_t* width_end;
+ size_t width_arg_index;
+ const uint16_t* precision_start;
+ const uint16_t* precision_end;
+ size_t precision_arg_index;
+ uint16_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+ size_t arg_index;
+}
+u16_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ size_t count;
+ u16_directive *dir;
+ size_t max_width_length;
+ size_t max_precision_length;
+ u16_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u16_directives;
+
+/* A parsed directive. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ const uint32_t* dir_start;
+ const uint32_t* dir_end;
+ int flags;
+ const uint32_t* width_start;
+ const uint32_t* width_end;
+ size_t width_arg_index;
+ const uint32_t* precision_start;
+ const uint32_t* precision_end;
+ size_t precision_arg_index;
+ uint32_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+ size_t arg_index;
+}
+u32_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ size_t count;
+ u32_directive *dir;
+ size_t max_width_length;
+ size_t max_precision_length;
+ u32_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u32_directives;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
+ in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
+ to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
+ arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+extern int
+ ulc_printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+extern int
+ u8_printf_parse (const uint8_t *format, u8_directives *d, arguments *a);
+extern int
+ u16_printf_parse (const uint16_t *format, u16_directives *d,
+ arguments *a);
+extern int
+ u32_printf_parse (const uint32_t *format, u32_directives *d,
+ arguments *a);
+#else
+# ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+# else
+extern
+# endif
+int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
diff --git a/lib/rawmemchr.c b/lib/rawmemchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c94a0e10a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rawmemchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+ Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S. */
+void *
+rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in)
+{
+ /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+ long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+ performance. On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+ bits already. Change this typedef to experiment with
+ performance. */
+ typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+ const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+ const longword *longword_ptr;
+ longword repeated_one;
+ longword repeated_c;
+ unsigned char c;
+
+ c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+ /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+ Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
+ for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+ (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+ ++char_ptr)
+ if (*char_ptr == c)
+ return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+ longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
+
+ /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+ but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords. */
+
+ /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+ repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+ repeated_c has c in every byte. */
+ repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+ repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+ repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+ if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+ {
+ repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+ repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+ if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+ {
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+ {
+ repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+ repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
+ test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing if *any of
+ the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or
+ c. We first use an xor with repeated_c. This reduces the task
+ to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+ We compute tmp =
+ ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+ That is, we perform the following operations:
+ 1. Subtract repeated_one.
+ 2. & ~longword1.
+ 3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+ Consider what happens in each byte:
+ - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+ and step 3 transforms it into 0x80. A carry can also be propagated
+ to more significant bytes.
+ - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+ position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0. After step 1,
+ the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+ After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1. After
+ step 3, the result is 0. And no carry is produced.
+ So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+ Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+ significant zero byte. Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+ j-1 and a 0x80 at position j. We cannot predict the result at the more
+ significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+ already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+ The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent
+ to testing whether tmp is nonzero.
+
+ This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where
+ C_IN is encountered. However, this is considered safe since the
+ initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned,
+ therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not
+ cause a fault. */
+
+ while (1)
+ {
+ longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+ if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+ & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+ break;
+ longword_ptr++;
+ }
+
+ char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+ /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
+ starting at char_ptr is == c. On little-endian machines, we
+ could determine the first such byte without any further memory
+ accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+ iteration. But this does not work on big-endian machines.
+ Choose code that works in both cases. */
+
+ char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+ while (*char_ptr != c)
+ char_ptr++;
+ return (void *) char_ptr;
+}
diff --git a/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind b/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..636392368
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/rawmemchr.valgrind
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# Suppress a valgrind message about use of uninitialized memory in rawmemchr().
+# This use is OK because it provides only a speedup.
+{
+ rawmemchr-value4
+ Memcheck:Value4
+ fun:rawmemchr
+}
+{
+ rawmemchr-value8
+ Memcheck:Value8
+ fun:rawmemchr
+}
diff --git a/lib/size_max.h b/lib/size_max.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..964244195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/size_max.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* size_max.h -- declare SIZE_MAX through system headers
+ Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Simon Josefsson.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
+#define GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like Solaris 7/8/9. */
+# include
+/* Get SIZE_MAX declaration on systems like glibc 2. */
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include
+# endif
+/* On systems where these include files don't define it, SIZE_MAX is defined
+ in config.h. */
+
+#endif /* GNULIB_SIZE_MAX_H */
diff --git a/lib/sleep.c b/lib/sleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a4b9400c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/sleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Pausing execution of the current thread.
+ Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible , 2007.
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see . */
+
+#include
+
+/* Specification. */
+#include
+
+#include
+
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN /* avoid including junk */
+# include
+
+unsigned int
+sleep (unsigned int seconds)
+{
+ unsigned int remaining;
+
+ /* Sleep for 1 second many times, because
+ 1. Sleep is not interruptible by Ctrl-C,
+ 2. we want to avoid arithmetic overflow while multiplying with 1000. */
+ for (remaining = seconds; remaining > 0; remaining--)
+ Sleep (1000);
+
+ return remaining;
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_SLEEP
+
+# undef sleep
+
+/* Guarantee unlimited sleep and a reasonable return value. Cygwin
+ 1.5.x rejects attempts to sleep more than 49.7 days (2**32
+ milliseconds), but uses uninitialized memory which results in a
+ garbage answer. Similarly, Linux 2.6.9 with glibc 2.3.4 has a too
+ small return value when asked to sleep more than 24.85 days. */
+unsigned int
+rpl_sleep (unsigned int seconds)
+{
+ /* This requires int larger than 16 bits. */
+ verify (UINT_MAX / 24 / 24 / 60 / 60);
+ const unsigned int limit = 24 * 24 * 60 * 60;
+ while (limit < seconds)
+ {
+ unsigned int result;
+ seconds -= limit;
+ result = sleep (limit);
+ if (result)
+ return seconds + result;
+ }
+ return sleep (seconds);
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_SLEEP */
+
+ #error "Please port gnulib sleep.c to your platform, possibly using usleep() or select(), then report this to bug-gnulib."
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/stdalign.in.h b/lib/stdalign.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fba6943f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdalign.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* A substitute for ISO C11 .
+
+ Copyright 2011-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDALIGN_H
+#define _GL_STDALIGN_H
+
+/* ISO C11 for platforms that lack it.
+
+ References:
+ ISO C11 (latest free draft
+ )
+ sections 6.5.3.4, 6.7.5, 7.15.
+ C++11 (latest free draft
+ )
+ section 18.10. */
+
+/* alignof (TYPE), also known as _Alignof (TYPE), yields the alignment
+ requirement of a structure member (i.e., slot or field) that is of
+ type TYPE, as an integer constant expression.
+
+ This differs from GCC's __alignof__ operator, which can yield a
+ better-performing alignment for an object of that type. For
+ example, on x86 with GCC, __alignof__ (double) and __alignof__
+ (long long) are 8, whereas alignof (double) and alignof (long long)
+ are 4 unless the option '-malign-double' is used.
+
+ The result cannot be used as a value for an 'enum' constant, if you
+ want to be portable to HP-UX 10.20 cc and AIX 3.2.5 xlc. */
+#include
+#if defined __cplusplus
+ template struct __alignof_helper { char __a; __t __b; };
+# define _Alignof(type) offsetof (__alignof_helper, __b)
+#else
+# define _Alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __a; type __b; }, __b)
+#endif
+#define alignof _Alignof
+#define __alignof_is_defined 1
+
+/* alignas (A), also known as _Alignas (A), aligns a variable or type
+ to the alignment A, where A is an integer constant expression. For
+ example:
+
+ int alignas (8) foo;
+ struct s { int a; int alignas (8) bar; };
+
+ aligns the address of FOO and the offset of BAR to be multiples of 8.
+
+ A should be a power of two that is at least the type's alignment
+ and at most the implementation's alignment limit. This limit is
+ 2**28 on typical GNUish hosts, and 2**13 on MSVC. To be portable
+ to MSVC through at least version 10.0, A should be an integer
+ constant, as MSVC does not support expressions such as 1 << 3.
+ To be portable to Sun C 5.11, do not align auto variables to
+ anything stricter than their default alignment.
+
+ The following C11 requirements are not supported here:
+
+ - If A is zero, alignas has no effect.
+ - alignas can be used multiple times; the strictest one wins.
+ - alignas (TYPE) is equivalent to alignas (alignof (TYPE)).
+
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ || __IBMC__ || __IBMCPP__ || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C
+# define _Alignas(a) __attribute__ ((__aligned__ (a)))
+#elif 1300 <= _MSC_VER
+# define _Alignas(a) __declspec (align (a))
+#endif
+#ifdef _Alignas
+# define alignas _Alignas
+# define __alignas_is_defined 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDALIGN_H */
diff --git a/lib/stdbool.in.h b/lib/stdbool.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f8caee4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdbool.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Bruno Haible , 2001.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H
+#define _GL_STDBOOL_H
+
+/* ISO C 99 for platforms that lack it. */
+
+/* Usage suggestions:
+
+ Programs that use should be aware of some limitations
+ and standards compliance issues.
+
+ Standards compliance:
+
+ - must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
+ can be used.
+
+ - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
+
+ - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
+ as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
+
+ Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
+
+ - must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
+
+ - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
+
+ - Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported. Portable code
+ should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'.
+
+ - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
+ performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
+ to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'. This doesn't work
+ with this substitute. With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
+ give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
+
+ - C99 allows the use of (_Bool)0.0 in constant expressions, but
+ this substitute cannot always provide this property.
+
+ Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
+ this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common. */
+
+
+/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
+
+/* BeOS already #defines false 0, true 1. We use the same
+ definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them. */
+#if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
+# include /* defines bool but not _Bool */
+# undef false
+# undef true
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define _Bool bool
+# define bool bool
+#else
+# if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
+ /* A compiler known to have 'bool'. */
+ /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they
+ are the same types. */
+# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+typedef bool _Bool;
+# endif
+# else
+# if !defined __GNUC__
+ /* If @HAVE__BOOL@:
+ Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when
+ the built-in _Bool type is used. See
+ http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+ http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+ http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+ Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file
+ wouldn't be used if was working.
+ So we override the _Bool type.
+ If !@HAVE__BOOL@:
+ Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type?
+ Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid
+ "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".
+ Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid
+ "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type".
+ Even the existence of an enum type, without a typedef,
+ "Invalid enumerator. (badenum)" with HP-UX cc on Tru64.
+ The only benefit of the enum, debuggability, is not important
+ with these compilers. So use 'signed char' and no enum. */
+# define _Bool signed char
+# else
+ /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it. */
+# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+ /* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, define true and false as
+ enum constants, not only as macros.
+ It is tempting to write
+ typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+ so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But then
+ values of type '_Bool' might promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
+ (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
+ (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)). So add a negative value to the
+ enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'. */
+typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# define bool _Bool
+#endif
+
+/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define false false
+# define true true
+#else
+# define false 0
+# define true 1
+#endif
+
+#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */
diff --git a/lib/stddef.in.h b/lib/stddef.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17fcaea2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stddef.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* A substitute for POSIX 2008 , for platforms that have issues.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2009-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake. */
+
+/*
+ * POSIX 2008 for platforms that have issues.
+ *
+ */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+#if defined __need_wchar_t || defined __need_size_t \
+ || defined __need_ptrdiff_t || defined __need_NULL \
+ || defined __need_wint_t
+/* Special invocation convention inside gcc header files. In
+ particular, gcc provides a version of that blindly
+ redefines NULL even when __need_wint_t was defined, even though
+ wint_t is not normally provided by . Hence, we must
+ remember if special invocation has ever been used to obtain wint_t,
+ in which case we need to clean up NULL yet again. */
+
+# if !(defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H && defined _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T)
+# ifdef __need_wint_t
+# undef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+# define _GL_STDDEF_WINT_T
+# endif
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention. */
+
+# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDDEF_H@
+
+# ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+# define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H
+
+/* On NetBSD 5.0, the definition of NULL lacks proper parentheses. */
+#if @REPLACE_NULL@
+# undef NULL
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+ /* ISO C++ says that the macro NULL must expand to an integer constant
+ expression, hence '((void *) 0)' is not allowed in C++. */
+# if __GNUG__ >= 3
+ /* GNU C++ has a __null macro that behaves like an integer ('int' or
+ 'long') but has the same size as a pointer. Use that, to avoid
+ warnings. */
+# define NULL __null
+# else
+# define NULL 0L
+# endif
+# else
+# define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Some platforms lack wchar_t. */
+#if !@HAVE_WCHAR_T@
+# define wchar_t int
+#endif
+
+# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */
+# endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDDEF_H */
+#endif /* __need_XXX */
diff --git a/lib/stdint.in.h b/lib/stdint.in.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2a0eb19a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/stdint.in.h
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, Sam Steingold, Peter Burwood.
+ This file is part of gnulib.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, see . */
+
+/*
+ * ISO C 99 for platforms that lack it.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
+#endif
+@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
+
+/* When including a system file that in turn includes ,
+ use the system , not our substitute. This avoids
+ problems with (for example) VMS, whose includes
+ . */
+#define _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* On Android (Bionic libc), includes this file before
+ having defined 'time_t'. Therefore in this case avoid including
+ other system header files; just include the system's .
+ Ideally we should test __BIONIC__ here, but it is only defined after
+ has been included; hence test __ANDROID__ instead. */
+#if defined __ANDROID__ \
+ && defined _SYS_TYPES_H_ && !defined _SSIZE_T_DEFINED_
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
+#else
+
+/* Get those types that are already defined in other system include
+ files, so that we can "#define int8_t signed char" below without
+ worrying about a later system include file containing a "typedef
+ signed char int8_t;" that will get messed up by our macro. Our
+ macros should all be consistent with the system versions, except
+ for the "fast" types and macros, which we recommend against using
+ in public interfaces due to compiler differences. */
+
+#if @HAVE_STDINT_H@
+# if defined __sgi && ! defined __c99
+ /* Bypass IRIX's if in C89 mode, since it merely annoys users
+ with "This header file is to be used only for c99 mode compilations"
+ diagnostics. */
+# define __STDINT_H__
+# endif
+
+ /* Some pre-C++11 implementations need this. */
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# ifndef __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+# define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS 1
+# endif
+# ifndef __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+# define __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS 1
+# endif
+# endif
+
+ /* Other systems may have an incomplete or buggy .
+ Include it before , since any "#include "
+ in would reinclude us, skipping our contents because
+ _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H is defined.
+ The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
+# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_STDINT_H@
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H && ! defined _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_STDINT_H
+#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_STDINT_H
+
+/* defines some of the stdint.h types as well, on glibc,
+ IRIX 6.5, and OpenBSD 3.8 (via ).
+ AIX 5.2 isn't needed and causes troubles.
+ Mac OS X 10.4.6 includes (which is us), but
+ relies on the system definitions, so include
+ after @NEXT_STDINT_H@. */
+#if @HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H@ && ! defined _AIX
+# include
+#endif
+
+/* Get SCHAR_MIN, SCHAR_MAX, UCHAR_MAX, INT_MIN, INT_MAX,
+ LONG_MIN, LONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX. */
+#include
+
+#if @HAVE_INTTYPES_H@
+ /* In OpenBSD 3.8, includes , which defines
+ int{8,16,32,64}_t, uint{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__.
+ also defines intptr_t and uintptr_t. */
+# include
+#elif @HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H@
+ /* Solaris 7 has the types except the *_fast*_t types, and
+ the macros except for *_FAST*_*, INTPTR_MIN, PTRDIFF_MIN, PTRDIFF_MAX. */
+# include
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H@ && ! defined __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__
+ /* Linux libc4 >= 4.6.7 and libc5 have a that defines
+ int{8,16,32,64}_t and __BIT_TYPES_DEFINED__. In libc5 >= 5.2.2 it is
+ included by . */
+# include
+#endif
+
+#undef _GL_JUST_INCLUDE_SYSTEM_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Minimum and maximum values for an integer type under the usual assumption.
+ Return an unspecified value if BITS == 0, adding a check to pacify
+ picky compilers. */
+
+#define _STDINT_MIN(signed, bits, zero) \
+ ((signed) ? (- ((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 : 0)) : (zero))
+
+#define _STDINT_MAX(signed, bits, zero) \
+ ((signed) \
+ ? ~ _STDINT_MIN (signed, bits, zero) \
+ : /* The expression for the unsigned case. The subtraction of (signed) \
+ is a nop in the unsigned case and avoids "signed integer overflow" \
+ warnings in the signed case. */ \
+ ((((zero) + 1) << ((bits) ? (bits) - 1 - (signed) : 0)) - 1) * 2 + 1)
+
+#if !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types
+
+/* 7.18.1.1. Exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */
+
+#undef int8_t
+#undef uint8_t
+typedef signed char gl_int8_t;
+typedef unsigned char gl_uint8_t;
+#define int8_t gl_int8_t
+#define uint8_t gl_uint8_t
+
+#undef int16_t
+#undef uint16_t
+typedef short int gl_int16_t;
+typedef unsigned short int gl_uint16_t;
+#define int16_t gl_int16_t
+#define uint16_t gl_uint16_t
+
+#undef int32_t
+#undef uint32_t
+typedef int gl_int32_t;
+typedef unsigned int gl_uint32_t;
+#define int32_t gl_int32_t
+#define uint32_t gl_uint32_t
+
+/* If the system defines INT64_MAX, assume int64_t works. That way,
+ if the underlying platform defines int64_t to be a 64-bit long long
+ int, the code below won't mistakenly define it to be a 64-bit long
+ int, which would mess up C++ name mangling. We must use #ifdef
+ rather than #if, to avoid an error with HP-UX 10.20 cc. */
+
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+# define GL_INT64_T
+#else
+/* Do not undefine int64_t if gnulib is not being used with 64-bit
+ types, since otherwise it breaks platforms like Tandem/NSK. */
+# if LONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 == 1
+# undef int64_t
+typedef long int gl_int64_t;
+# define int64_t gl_int64_t
+# define GL_INT64_T
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+# undef int64_t
+typedef __int64 gl_int64_t;
+# define int64_t gl_int64_t
+# define GL_INT64_T
+# elif @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# undef int64_t
+typedef long long int gl_int64_t;
+# define int64_t gl_int64_t
+# define GL_INT64_T
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+#else
+# if ULONG_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# undef uint64_t
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uint64_t;
+# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+# undef uint64_t
+typedef unsigned __int64 gl_uint64_t;
+# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+# elif @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@
+# undef uint64_t
+typedef unsigned long long int gl_uint64_t;
+# define uint64_t gl_uint64_t
+# define GL_UINT64_T
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid collision with Solaris 2.5.1 etc. */
+#define _UINT8_T
+#define _UINT32_T
+#define _UINT64_T
+
+
+/* 7.18.1.2. Minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+ are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */
+
+#undef int_least8_t
+#undef uint_least8_t
+#undef int_least16_t
+#undef uint_least16_t
+#undef int_least32_t
+#undef uint_least32_t
+#undef int_least64_t
+#undef uint_least64_t
+#define int_least8_t int8_t
+#define uint_least8_t uint8_t
+#define int_least16_t int16_t
+#define uint_least16_t uint16_t
+#define int_least32_t int32_t
+#define uint_least32_t uint32_t
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define int_least64_t int64_t
+#endif
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define uint_least64_t uint64_t
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.3. Fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: Other substitutes may define these types differently.
+ It is not recommended to use these types in public header files. */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+ are taken from the same list of types. The following code normally
+ uses types consistent with glibc, as that lessens the chance of
+ incompatibility with older GNU hosts. */
+
+#undef int_fast8_t
+#undef uint_fast8_t
+#undef int_fast16_t
+#undef uint_fast16_t
+#undef int_fast32_t
+#undef uint_fast32_t
+#undef int_fast64_t
+#undef uint_fast64_t
+typedef signed char gl_int_fast8_t;
+typedef unsigned char gl_uint_fast8_t;
+
+#ifdef __sun
+/* Define types compatible with SunOS 5.10, so that code compiled under
+ earlier SunOS versions works with code compiled under SunOS 5.10. */
+typedef int gl_int_fast32_t;
+typedef unsigned int gl_uint_fast32_t;
+#else
+typedef long int gl_int_fast32_t;
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uint_fast32_t;
+#endif
+typedef gl_int_fast32_t gl_int_fast16_t;
+typedef gl_uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast16_t;
+
+#define int_fast8_t gl_int_fast8_t
+#define uint_fast8_t gl_uint_fast8_t
+#define int_fast16_t gl_int_fast16_t
+#define uint_fast16_t gl_uint_fast16_t
+#define int_fast32_t gl_int_fast32_t
+#define uint_fast32_t gl_uint_fast32_t
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define int_fast64_t int64_t
+#endif
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define uint_fast64_t uint64_t
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.1.4. Integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+#undef intptr_t
+#undef uintptr_t
+typedef long int gl_intptr_t;
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uintptr_t;
+#define intptr_t gl_intptr_t
+#define uintptr_t gl_uintptr_t
+
+/* 7.18.1.5. Greatest-width integer types */
+
+/* Note: These types are compiler dependent. It may be unwise to use them in
+ public header files. */
+
+/* If the system defines INTMAX_MAX, assume that intmax_t works, and
+ similarly for UINTMAX_MAX and uintmax_t. This avoids problems with
+ assuming one type where another is used by the system. */
+
+#ifndef INTMAX_MAX
+# undef INTMAX_C
+# undef intmax_t
+# if @HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT@ && LONG_MAX >> 30 == 1
+typedef long long int gl_intmax_t;
+# define intmax_t gl_intmax_t
+# elif defined GL_INT64_T
+# define intmax_t int64_t
+# else
+typedef long int gl_intmax_t;
+# define intmax_t gl_intmax_t
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
+# undef UINTMAX_C
+# undef uintmax_t
+# if @HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT@ && ULONG_MAX >> 31 == 1
+typedef unsigned long long int gl_uintmax_t;
+# define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t
+# elif defined GL_UINT64_T
+# define uintmax_t uint64_t
+# else
+typedef unsigned long int gl_uintmax_t;
+# define uintmax_t gl_uintmax_t
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Verify that intmax_t and uintmax_t have the same size. Too much code
+ breaks if this is not the case. If this check fails, the reason is likely
+ to be found in the autoconf macros. */
+typedef int _verify_intmax_size[sizeof (intmax_t) == sizeof (uintmax_t)
+ ? 1 : -1];
+
+#define GNULIB_defined_stdint_types 1
+#endif /* !GNULIB_defined_stdint_types */
+
+/* 7.18.2. Limits of specified-width integer types */
+
+/* 7.18.2.1. Limits of exact-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. */
+
+#undef INT8_MIN
+#undef INT8_MAX
+#undef UINT8_MAX
+#define INT8_MIN (~ INT8_MAX)
+#define INT8_MAX 127
+#define UINT8_MAX 255
+
+#undef INT16_MIN
+#undef INT16_MAX
+#undef UINT16_MAX
+#define INT16_MIN (~ INT16_MAX)
+#define INT16_MAX 32767
+#define UINT16_MAX 65535
+
+#undef INT32_MIN
+#undef INT32_MAX
+#undef UINT32_MAX
+#define INT32_MIN (~ INT32_MAX)
+#define INT32_MAX 2147483647
+#define UINT32_MAX 4294967295U
+
+#if defined GL_INT64_T && ! defined INT64_MAX
+/* Prefer (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63) over (~ INT64_MAX) because SunPRO C 5.0
+ evaluates the latter incorrectly in preprocessor expressions. */
+# define INT64_MIN (- INTMAX_C (1) << 63)
+# define INT64_MAX INTMAX_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+
+#if defined GL_UINT64_T && ! defined UINT64_MAX
+# define UINT64_MAX UINTMAX_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.2. Limits of minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the leastN_t types
+ are the same as the corresponding N_t types. */
+
+#undef INT_LEAST8_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST8_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST16_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST16_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST32_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST32_MAX
+#undef UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN
+#define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX
+#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
+
+#undef INT_LEAST64_MIN
+#undef INT_LEAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.3. Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types */
+
+/* Here we assume a standard architecture where the hardware integer
+ types have 8, 16, 32, optionally 64 bits. Therefore the fastN_t types
+ are taken from the same list of types. */
+
+#undef INT_FAST8_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST8_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST8_MAX
+#define INT_FAST8_MIN SCHAR_MIN
+#define INT_FAST8_MAX SCHAR_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UCHAR_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST16_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST16_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST16_MAX
+#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_FAST32_MIN
+#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_FAST32_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_FAST32_MAX
+
+#undef INT_FAST32_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST32_MAX
+#undef UINT_FAST32_MAX
+#ifdef __sun
+# define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_MIN
+# define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_MAX
+# define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_MAX
+#else
+# define INT_FAST32_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define INT_FAST32_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define UINT_FAST32_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef INT_FAST64_MIN
+#undef INT_FAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_INT64_T
+# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+#undef UINT_FAST64_MAX
+#ifdef GL_UINT64_T
+# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.2.4. Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers */
+
+#undef INTPTR_MIN
+#undef INTPTR_MAX
+#undef UINTPTR_MAX
+#define INTPTR_MIN LONG_MIN
+#define INTPTR_MAX LONG_MAX
+#define UINTPTR_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+/* 7.18.2.5. Limits of greatest-width integer types */
+
+#ifndef INTMAX_MAX
+# undef INTMAX_MIN
+# ifdef INT64_MAX
+# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
+# else
+# define INTMAX_MIN INT32_MIN
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINTMAX_MAX
+# ifdef UINT64_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX
+# else
+# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* 7.18.3. Limits of other integer types */
+
+/* ptrdiff_t limits */
+#undef PTRDIFF_MIN
+#undef PTRDIFF_MAX
+#if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
+# ifdef _LP64
+# define PTRDIFF_MIN _STDINT_MIN (1, 64, 0l)
+# define PTRDIFF_MAX _STDINT_MAX (1, 64, 0l)
+# else
+# define PTRDIFF_MIN _STDINT_MIN (1, 32, 0)
+# define PTRDIFF_MAX _STDINT_MAX (1, 32, 0)
+# endif
+#else
+# define PTRDIFF_MIN \
+ _STDINT_MIN (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+# define PTRDIFF_MAX \
+ _STDINT_MAX (1, @BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T@, 0@PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX@)
+#endif
+
+/* sig_atomic_t limits */
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MIN
+#undef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN \
+ _STDINT_MIN (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+ 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX \
+ _STDINT_MAX (@HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, @BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T@, \
+ 0@SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX@)
+
+
+/* size_t limit */
+#undef SIZE_MAX
+#if @APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD@
+# ifdef _LP64
+# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, 64, 0ul)
+# else
+# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, 32, 0ul)
+# endif
+#else
+# define SIZE_MAX _STDINT_MAX (0, @BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T@, 0@SIZE_T_SUFFIX@)
+#endif
+
+/* wchar_t limits */
+/* Get WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX.
+ This include is not on the top, above, because on OSF/1 4.0 we have a
+ sequence of nested includes
+ -> -> -> , and the latter includes
+ and assumes its types are already defined. */
+#if @HAVE_WCHAR_H@ && ! (defined WCHAR_MIN && defined WCHAR_MAX)
+ /* BSD/OS 4.0.1 has a bug: , and must be
+ included before